Update year range in copyright notice of binutils files
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
5
6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
19 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
22 at the University of Utah. */
23
24 #include "as.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "subsegs.h"
27 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
28
29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
30
31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
32 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
33
34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
36 #endif
37
38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
43
44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
46
47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
49
50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
54
55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
56 /* How to generate a relocation. */
57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
59 #else
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 const char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
365 char comdat;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
368 char common;
369
370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
371 to be multiply defined. */
372 char dup_common;
373
374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
375 char zero;
376
377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
378 unsigned char sort;
379
380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
382 int access;
383
384 /* Index of containing space. */
385 int space_index;
386
387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
388 int alignment;
389
390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
391 int quadrant;
392
393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
394 int def_space_index;
395
396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
397 subsegT subsegment;
398 };
399
400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
401 dictionary entries. */
402
403 struct default_space_dict
404 {
405 /* Name of the space. */
406 const char *name;
407
408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
409 assembly code numerically! */
410 int spnum;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
413 char loadable;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
416 char defined;
417
418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
419 char private;
420
421 /* Sort key for this space. */
422 unsigned char sort;
423
424 /* Segment associated with this space. */
425 asection *segment;
426 };
427 #endif
428
429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
431 label. */
432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
433 {
434 struct symbol *lss_label;
435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
437 #endif
438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
439 segT lss_segment;
440 #endif
441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
442 }
443 label_symbol_struct;
444
445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
446 struct hppa_fix_struct
447 {
448 /* The field selector. */
449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
450
451 /* Type of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_type;
453
454 /* Format of fixup. */
455 int fx_r_format;
456
457 /* Argument relocation bits. */
458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
459
460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
461 segT segment;
462 };
463
464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
465
466 struct pd_reg
467 {
468 const char *name;
469 int value;
470 };
471
472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
474 struct fp_cond_map
475 {
476 const char *string;
477 int cond;
478 };
479
480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
481 string to a field selector type. */
482 struct selector_entry
483 {
484 const char *prefix;
485 int field_selector;
486 };
487
488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
489
490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
492 #endif
493
494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
495 static void pa_text (int);
496 static void pa_data (int);
497 static void pa_comm (int);
498 #endif
499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
500 static int exact_log2 (int);
501 static void pa_compiler (int);
502 static void pa_align (int);
503 static void pa_space (int);
504 static void pa_spnum (int);
505 static void pa_subspace (int);
506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
507 int, int, int,
508 asection *, int);
509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
510 const char *, int, int,
511 int, int, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, asection *);
514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
515 char *, int, int, int,
516 int, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 asection *);
519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
523 subsegT);
524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
527 #endif
528
529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
530
531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
535
536 /* The current space and subspace. */
537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
539 #endif
540
541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
542 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
543
544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
546 function labels. */
547 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
548
549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
551
552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
553 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
554
555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
559
560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
563
564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
567
568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
570
571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
573 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
574
575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
577
578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
580
581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
583
584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
588
589 static struct pa_it the_insn;
590
591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
593 variable. */
594 static char *expr_end;
595
596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
597 static int callinfo_found;
598
599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
600 static int within_entry_exit;
601
602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
603 static int within_procedure;
604
605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
606 seen in each subspace. */
607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
608
609 /* Last label symbol */
610 static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
611
612 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
613
614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
616
617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
619 by pa_parse_number. */
620 static int strict;
621
622 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
626 register has a `r' suffix. */
627 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
628 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
629 static int pa_number;
630
631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
632 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
633 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
634 #endif
635
636 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
637 static int print_errors = 1;
638
639 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
640
641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
643
644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
646
647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
650 again have the value <REGNUM>.
651
652 Many registers also have synonyms:
653
654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
660
661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
662 here for brevity.
663
664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
665
666 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
667 {
668 {"%arg0", 26},
669 {"%arg1", 25},
670 {"%arg2", 24},
671 {"%arg3", 23},
672 {"%cr0", 0},
673 {"%cr10", 10},
674 {"%cr11", 11},
675 {"%cr12", 12},
676 {"%cr13", 13},
677 {"%cr14", 14},
678 {"%cr15", 15},
679 {"%cr16", 16},
680 {"%cr17", 17},
681 {"%cr18", 18},
682 {"%cr19", 19},
683 {"%cr20", 20},
684 {"%cr21", 21},
685 {"%cr22", 22},
686 {"%cr23", 23},
687 {"%cr24", 24},
688 {"%cr25", 25},
689 {"%cr26", 26},
690 {"%cr27", 27},
691 {"%cr28", 28},
692 {"%cr29", 29},
693 {"%cr30", 30},
694 {"%cr31", 31},
695 {"%cr8", 8},
696 {"%cr9", 9},
697 {"%dp", 27},
698 {"%eiem", 15},
699 {"%eirr", 23},
700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
800 {"%fret", 4},
801 {"%hta", 25},
802 {"%iir", 19},
803 {"%ior", 21},
804 {"%ipsw", 22},
805 {"%isr", 20},
806 {"%itmr", 16},
807 {"%iva", 14},
808 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
809 {"%mrp", 2},
810 #else
811 {"%mrp", 31},
812 #endif
813 {"%pcoq", 18},
814 {"%pcsq", 17},
815 {"%pidr1", 8},
816 {"%pidr2", 9},
817 {"%pidr3", 12},
818 {"%pidr4", 13},
819 {"%ppda", 24},
820 {"%r0", 0},
821 {"%r1", 1},
822 {"%r10", 10},
823 {"%r11", 11},
824 {"%r12", 12},
825 {"%r13", 13},
826 {"%r14", 14},
827 {"%r15", 15},
828 {"%r16", 16},
829 {"%r17", 17},
830 {"%r18", 18},
831 {"%r19", 19},
832 {"%r2", 2},
833 {"%r20", 20},
834 {"%r21", 21},
835 {"%r22", 22},
836 {"%r23", 23},
837 {"%r24", 24},
838 {"%r25", 25},
839 {"%r26", 26},
840 {"%r27", 27},
841 {"%r28", 28},
842 {"%r29", 29},
843 {"%r3", 3},
844 {"%r30", 30},
845 {"%r31", 31},
846 {"%r4", 4},
847 {"%r5", 5},
848 {"%r6", 6},
849 {"%r7", 7},
850 {"%r8", 8},
851 {"%r9", 9},
852 {"%rctr", 0},
853 {"%ret0", 28},
854 {"%ret1", 29},
855 {"%rp", 2},
856 {"%sar", 11},
857 {"%sp", 30},
858 {"%sr0", 0},
859 {"%sr1", 1},
860 {"%sr2", 2},
861 {"%sr3", 3},
862 {"%sr4", 4},
863 {"%sr5", 5},
864 {"%sr6", 6},
865 {"%sr7", 7},
866 {"%t1", 22},
867 {"%t2", 21},
868 {"%t3", 20},
869 {"%t4", 19},
870 {"%tf1", 11},
871 {"%tf2", 10},
872 {"%tf3", 9},
873 {"%tf4", 8},
874 {"%tr0", 24},
875 {"%tr1", 25},
876 {"%tr2", 26},
877 {"%tr3", 27},
878 {"%tr4", 28},
879 {"%tr5", 29},
880 {"%tr6", 30},
881 {"%tr7", 31}
882 };
883
884 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
886 for < first, we would get a false match. */
887 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
888 {
889 {"false?", 0},
890 {"false", 1},
891 {"true?", 30},
892 {"true", 31},
893 {"!<=>", 3},
894 {"!?>=", 8},
895 {"!?<=", 16},
896 {"!<>", 7},
897 {"!>=", 11},
898 {"!?>", 12},
899 {"?<=", 14},
900 {"!<=", 19},
901 {"!?<", 20},
902 {"?>=", 22},
903 {"!?=", 24},
904 {"!=t", 27},
905 {"<=>", 29},
906 {"=t", 5},
907 {"?=", 6},
908 {"?<", 10},
909 {"<=", 13},
910 {"!>", 15},
911 {"?>", 18},
912 {">=", 21},
913 {"!<", 23},
914 {"<>", 25},
915 {"!=", 26},
916 {"!?", 28},
917 {"?", 2},
918 {"=", 4},
919 {"<", 9},
920 {">", 17}
921 };
922
923 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
924 {
925 {"f", e_fsel},
926 {"l", e_lsel},
927 {"ld", e_ldsel},
928 {"lp", e_lpsel},
929 {"lr", e_lrsel},
930 {"ls", e_lssel},
931 {"lt", e_ltsel},
932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
933 {"n", e_nsel},
934 {"nl", e_nlsel},
935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
936 {"p", e_psel},
937 {"r", e_rsel},
938 {"rd", e_rdsel},
939 {"rp", e_rpsel},
940 {"rr", e_rrsel},
941 {"rs", e_rssel},
942 {"rt", e_rtsel},
943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
944 {"t", e_tsel},
945 };
946
947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
948 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
949
950 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
951 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952
953 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
954 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
955 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
956 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
957 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
958 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
959 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
960 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
962
963 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
964 {
965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
971 };
972
973 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
974 {
975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
978 };
979
980 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
981
982 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
983 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
984 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
985 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
986 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
987
988 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
989 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
990 #endif
991
992 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
993 a right or left half of a FP register */
994 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
995 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
996
997 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
998
999 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1000 { \
1001 if (immediate_check) \
1002 { \
1003 if (pos == -1) \
1004 pos = (VALUE); \
1005 else if (len == -1) \
1006 len = (VALUE); \
1007 } \
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1011 main loop after insertion. */
1012
1013 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1014 { \
1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1016 continue; \
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1021
1022 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1023 { \
1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1025 { \
1026 if (! IGNORE) \
1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1028 (int) (FIELD));\
1029 break; \
1030 } \
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1035
1036 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1037 { \
1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1039 { \
1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1042 (int) (FIELD));\
1043 break; \
1044 } \
1045 }
1046
1047 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1049
1050 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1051 { \
1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1053 { \
1054 if (! IGNORE) \
1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1056 (int) (FIELD));\
1057 break; \
1058 } \
1059 }
1060
1061 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1064
1065 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1068
1069 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1072
1073 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1076
1077 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1080
1081 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1084
1085 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1088
1089 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1092
1093 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1095 need real complex handling yet. */
1096 #define is_complex(exp) \
1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1098
1099 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1100
1101 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1102 proc/procend pairs match. */
1103
1104 void
1105 pa_check_eof (void)
1106 {
1107 if (within_entry_exit)
1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1109
1110 if (within_procedure)
1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1116
1117 static label_symbol_struct *
1118 pa_get_label (void)
1119 {
1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1121
1122 if (label_chain)
1123 {
1124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1126 return label_chain;
1127 #endif
1128 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 }
1133
1134 return NULL;
1135 }
1136
1137 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1139
1140 void
1141 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1142 {
1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1144
1145 if (!label_chain)
1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
1147
1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1149 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1151 #endif
1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1154 #endif
1155
1156 /* Not used. */
1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1158
1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1160
1161 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1163 #endif
1164 }
1165
1166 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1168
1169 static void
1170 pa_undefine_label (void)
1171 {
1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1180 tc_fix_data field. */
1181
1182 static void
1183 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1184 int where,
1185 int size,
1186 symbolS *add_symbol,
1187 offsetT offset,
1188 expressionS *exp,
1189 int pcrel,
1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1192 int r_format,
1193 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1195 {
1196 fixS *new_fix;
1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
1198
1199 if (exp != NULL)
1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1201 else
1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1212 #endif
1213
1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1227 }
1228
1229 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1231
1232 void
1233 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
1234 int hppa_field_selector)
1235 {
1236 unsigned int rel_type;
1237
1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1256 #endif
1257 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1259 else
1260 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1261
1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1263 {
1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1266 }
1267
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1274
1275 static void
1276 get_expression (char *str)
1277 {
1278 char *save_in;
1279 asection *seg;
1280
1281 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1282 input_line_pointer = str;
1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1285 || seg == undefined_section
1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1287 {
1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1290 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1291 return;
1292 }
1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1294 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1299
1300 static int
1301 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1302 {
1303 int nullif;
1304
1305 nullif = 0;
1306 if (**s == ',')
1307 {
1308 *s = *s + 1;
1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1310 nullif = 1;
1311 else
1312 {
1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1314 nullif = 0;
1315 }
1316 *s = *s + 1;
1317 }
1318
1319 return nullif;
1320 }
1321
1322 const char *
1323 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1324 {
1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* Write out big-endian. */
1329
1330 void
1331 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1332 {
1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1334 }
1335
1336 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1337 format. */
1338
1339 arelent **
1340 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1341 {
1342 arelent *reloc;
1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1345 arelent **relocs;
1346 reloc_type **codes;
1347 reloc_type code;
1348 int n_relocs;
1349 int i;
1350
1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1353 return &no_relocs;
1354
1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1356 gas_assert (section != 0);
1357
1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent);
1359
1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1362
1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1370 {
1371 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1373 }
1374
1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1376 fixp->fx_r_type,
1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1381
1382 if (codes == NULL)
1383 {
1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1385 abort ();
1386 }
1387
1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1389 ;
1390
1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1);
1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs);
1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1395
1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1397
1398 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1400 {
1401 default:
1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1403
1404 code = *codes[0];
1405
1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1407 switch (code)
1408 {
1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1419
1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1423 reloc->addend = 0;
1424 break;
1425
1426 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1435 fixp->fx_offset);
1436 break;
1437 #endif
1438
1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1443 /* Fallthru */
1444
1445 default:
1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1447 break;
1448 }
1449
1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1455
1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1460
1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1463 {
1464 code = *codes[i];
1465
1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1468 relocs[i]->howto =
1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1472
1473 switch (code)
1474 {
1475 case R_COMP2:
1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1479 gas_assert (i == 1);
1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1482 relocs[0]->howto
1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 relocs[1]->howto
1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1496 relocs[2]->howto
1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1503 relocs[3]->howto
1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1510 relocs[4]->howto
1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1515 goto done;
1516 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1517 case R_ABS_CALL:
1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1519 break;
1520
1521 case R_DLT_REL:
1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1526 (static link required).
1527
1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1529
1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1534 break;
1535
1536 case R_N_MODE:
1537 case R_S_MODE:
1538 case R_D_MODE:
1539 case R_R_MODE:
1540 case R_FSEL:
1541 case R_LSEL:
1542 case R_RSEL:
1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1544 case R_END_BRTAB:
1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1546 case R_N0SEL:
1547 case R_N1SEL:
1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1552 break;
1553
1554 case R_END_TRY:
1555 case R_ENTRY:
1556 case R_EXIT:
1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1561 break;
1562
1563 default:
1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 done:
1569 #endif
1570
1571 return relocs;
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1575
1576 void
1577 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1579 fragS *fragP)
1580 {
1581 unsigned int address;
1582
1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1584 {
1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1586 {
1587 case 0:
1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1590 know (fragP->fr_next);
1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1593 {
1594 fragP->fr_offset =
1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1596 - fragP->fr_address
1597 - fragP->fr_fix;
1598 }
1599 else
1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1601 break;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1607
1608 valueT
1609 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1610 {
1611 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1613
1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1618
1619 int
1620 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1621 {
1622 int size;
1623
1624 size = 0;
1625
1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1627 size++;
1628
1629 return size;
1630 }
1631 \f
1632 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1633 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1634 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1635 # else
1636 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1637 # endif
1638 #else
1639 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1640 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1641 # else
1642 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1643 # endif
1644 #endif
1645
1646 struct option md_longopts[] =
1647 {
1648 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1650 #endif
1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1652 };
1653 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1654
1655 int
1656 md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1657 {
1658 switch (c)
1659 {
1660 default:
1661 return 0;
1662
1663 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1664 case 'V':
1665 print_version_id ();
1666 break;
1667 #endif
1668 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669 case 'c':
1670 warn_comment = 1;
1671 break;
1672 #endif
1673 }
1674
1675 return 1;
1676 }
1677
1678 void
1679 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1680 {
1681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1682 fprintf (stream, _("\
1683 -Q ignored\n"));
1684 #endif
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 fprintf (stream, _("\
1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1688 #endif
1689 }
1690 \f
1691 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1692
1693 symbolS *
1694 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1695 {
1696 return NULL;
1697 }
1698
1699 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1700 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1702 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1704 #else
1705 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1706 #endif
1707
1708 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1709
1710 void
1711 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 {
1713 char *fixpos;
1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1715 offsetT new_val;
1716 int insn, val, fmt;
1717
1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1727 return;
1728
1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1733 {
1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1735 return;
1736 }
1737 #endif
1738 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1741 return;
1742 #endif
1743
1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1745 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1746
1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1750 {
1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1753 fixP->fx_r_type);
1754 return;
1755 }
1756
1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1758
1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1760 {
1761 /* Handle constant output. */
1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1763 return;
1764 }
1765
1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1768
1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1775 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1776 && fmt != 32
1777 #endif
1778 )
1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1780 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1789 #endif
1790 else
1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1792
1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1795 && fixP->fx_addsy
1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1799 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1803 #endif
1804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1807 #endif
1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1813 {
1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1815 }
1816
1817 switch (fmt)
1818 {
1819 case 10:
1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1822 val = new_val;
1823
1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1826 break;
1827 case -11:
1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1830 val = new_val;
1831
1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1834 break;
1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1836 case 14:
1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1839 val = new_val;
1840
1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1842 break;
1843
1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1845 case 21:
1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1848 val = new_val;
1849
1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1854 case 11:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
1858
1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1860 break;
1861
1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1863 case 12:
1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1866 val = new_val - 8;
1867
1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1869 break;
1870
1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1872 case 17:
1873 {
1874 offsetT distance = * valP;
1875
1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1877 range target, then we want to complain. */
1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1882
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val - 8;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1888 break;
1889 }
1890
1891 case 22:
1892 {
1893 offsetT distance = * valP;
1894
1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1896 range target, then we want to complain. */
1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901
1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1904 val = new_val - 8;
1905
1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1907 break;
1908 }
1909
1910 case -10:
1911 val = new_val;
1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1913 break;
1914
1915 case -16:
1916 val = new_val;
1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1918 break;
1919
1920 case 16:
1921 val = new_val;
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1923 break;
1924
1925 case 32:
1926 insn = new_val;
1927 break;
1928
1929 default:
1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1932 return;
1933 }
1934
1935 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1937 {
1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1948 break;
1949 default:
1950 break;
1951 }
1952 #endif
1953
1954 /* Insert the relocation. */
1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1960
1961 long
1962 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1963 {
1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
1965 }
1966
1967 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
1968 a statement. */
1969
1970 static int
1971 is_end_of_statement (void)
1972 {
1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
1976 }
1977
1978 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
1979
1980 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
1982
1983 static int
1984 reg_name_search (char *name)
1985 {
1986 int middle, low, high;
1987 int cmp;
1988
1989 low = 0;
1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
1991
1992 do
1993 {
1994 middle = (low + high) / 2;
1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
1996 if (cmp < 0)
1997 high = middle - 1;
1998 else if (cmp > 0)
1999 low = middle + 1;
2000 else
2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2002 }
2003 while (low <= high);
2004
2005 return -1;
2006 }
2007
2008 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2011
2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2014 returned in `pa_number'.
2015
2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2018 not set.
2019
2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2022
2023 static int
2024 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2025 {
2026 int num;
2027 char *name;
2028 char c;
2029 symbolS *sym;
2030 int status;
2031 char *p = *s;
2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2033
2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2036 p = p + 1;
2037
2038 pa_number = -1;
2039 have_prefix = 0;
2040 num = 0;
2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2042 {
2043 /* Looks like a number. */
2044
2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2046 {
2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2048 p += 2;
2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2051 {
2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2056 else
2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2058 ++p;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2065 {
2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2067 ++p;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
2071 pa_number = num;
2072
2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2074 if (is_float)
2075 {
2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2077 if (! (is_float & 2))
2078 {
2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2080 {
2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2082 ++p;
2083 }
2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2085 {
2086 ++p;
2087 }
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else if (*p == '%')
2092 {
2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2094 have_prefix = 1;
2095 name = p;
2096 p++;
2097 c = *p;
2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2100 slow. */
2101 if (c == 'r')
2102 {
2103 p++;
2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2106 {
2107 p += 2;
2108 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2109 p++;
2110 }
2111 else if (*p == 'p')
2112 {
2113 num = 2;
2114 p++;
2115 }
2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2117 {
2118 if (print_errors)
2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2120 num = -1;
2121 }
2122 else
2123 {
2124 do
2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2127 }
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 /* Do a normal register search. */
2132 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2133 {
2134 p = p + 1;
2135 c = *p;
2136 }
2137 *p = 0;
2138 status = reg_name_search (name);
2139 if (status >= 0)
2140 num = status;
2141 else
2142 {
2143 if (print_errors)
2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2145 num = -1;
2146 }
2147 *p = c;
2148 }
2149
2150 pa_number = num;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 {
2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2156 name = p;
2157 c = *p;
2158 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2159 {
2160 p = p + 1;
2161 c = *p;
2162 }
2163 *p = 0;
2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2165 {
2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2167 {
2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2170 register, so... */
2171 have_prefix = TRUE;
2172 }
2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2175 else if (!strict)
2176 {
2177 if (print_errors)
2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2179 num = -1;
2180 }
2181 }
2182 else if (!strict)
2183 {
2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2188 if (*name == 0)
2189 num = 0;
2190 else
2191 {
2192 if (print_errors)
2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2194 num = -1;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 *p = c;
2198
2199 pa_number = num;
2200 }
2201
2202 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2203 {
2204 *s = p;
2205 return 1;
2206 }
2207 return 0;
2208 }
2209
2210 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2212
2213 static int
2214 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2215 {
2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2218 {
2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2220 then set a new architecture. */
2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2222 {
2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2225 }
2226 return TRUE;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 return FALSE;
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2233 code associated with the condition. */
2234
2235 static int
2236 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2237 {
2238 int cond, i;
2239
2240 cond = 0;
2241
2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2243 {
2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2246 {
2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2250 report an error. */
2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2252 {
2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2254 break;
2255 }
2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2257 *s = *s + 1;
2258 return cond;
2259 }
2260 }
2261
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2263
2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2266 *s += 1;
2267
2268 return 0;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2272
2273 static int
2274 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2275 {
2276 int value;
2277
2278 value = 0;
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2280 {
2281 value = 5;
2282 *s += 4;
2283 }
2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2285 {
2286 value = 9;
2287 *s += 4;
2288 }
2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2290 {
2291 value = 13;
2292 *s += 4;
2293 }
2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2295 {
2296 value = 17;
2297 *s += 4;
2298 }
2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2300 {
2301 value = 1;
2302 *s += 3;
2303 }
2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2305 {
2306 value = 6;
2307 *s += 4;
2308 }
2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2310 {
2311 value = 2;
2312 *s += 3;
2313 }
2314 else
2315 {
2316 value = 0;
2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2318 }
2319
2320 return value;
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2324 type. */
2325
2326 static fp_operand_format
2327 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2328 {
2329 int format;
2330
2331 format = SGL;
2332 if (**s == ',')
2333 {
2334 *s += 1;
2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2336 {
2337 format = SGL;
2338 *s += 4;
2339 }
2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2341 {
2342 format = DBL;
2343 *s += 4;
2344 }
2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2346 {
2347 format = QUAD;
2348 *s += 5;
2349 }
2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2351 {
2352 format = W;
2353 *s += 2;
2354 }
2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2356 {
2357 format = UW;
2358 *s += 3;
2359 }
2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2361 {
2362 format = DW;
2363 *s += 3;
2364 }
2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2366 {
2367 format = UDW;
2368 *s += 4;
2369 }
2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = QW;
2373 *s += 3;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = UQW;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else
2381 {
2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2384 }
2385 }
2386
2387 return format;
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2391 type. */
2392
2393 static fp_operand_format
2394 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2395 {
2396 int format;
2397
2398 format = SGL;
2399 if (**s == ',')
2400 {
2401 *s += 1;
2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = SGL;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = DBL;
2410 *s += 4;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = QUAD;
2415 *s += 5;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2428
2429 static int
2430 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2431 {
2432 int middle, low, high;
2433 int cmp;
2434 char name[4];
2435
2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2439 *str = *str + 1;
2440
2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2443 name[1] = 0;
2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2447 name[2] = 0;
2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2452 name[3] = 0;
2453 else
2454 return e_fsel;
2455
2456 low = 0;
2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2458
2459 do
2460 {
2461 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2463 if (cmp < 0)
2464 high = middle - 1;
2465 else if (cmp > 0)
2466 low = middle + 1;
2467 else
2468 {
2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2470 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2472 return e_fsel;
2473 #endif
2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2475 }
2476 }
2477 while (low <= high);
2478
2479 return e_fsel;
2480 }
2481
2482 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2484
2485 int
2486 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2487 {
2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2489 expression (exp);
2490 return hppa_field_selector;
2491 }
2492
2493 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2495 static int
2496 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2497 {
2498 offsetT value;
2499 expressionS exp;
2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2501
2502 exp = insn->exp;
2503 value = exp.X_add_number;
2504
2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2509
2510 static int
2511 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2512 {
2513 char *save_in;
2514
2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2516 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2517 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2518 expression (&insn->exp);
2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2520 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2522 {
2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
2524 if (!strict)
2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2526 return 0;
2527 }
2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2529 }
2530
2531 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
2532 first whitespace character. */
2533
2534 static int
2535 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2536 {
2537 char *save_in;
2538 char *s, c;
2539 int result;
2540
2541 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2542 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2543
2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
2549 in the symbol table.
2550
2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
2553 contain no whitespace. */
2554
2555 s = *strp;
2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2557 s++;
2558
2559 c = *s;
2560 *s = 0;
2561
2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2563
2564 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2565 *s = c;
2566 return result;
2567 }
2568
2569 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2570 argument location number. */
2571
2572 static unsigned int
2573 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2574 {
2575
2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2577 return 0;
2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2579 return 1;
2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2581 return 2;
2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2583 return 3;
2584 else
2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2586
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2592
2593 static unsigned int
2594 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2595 {
2596 unsigned int new_reloc;
2597
2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2599 switch (reg)
2600 {
2601 case 0:
2602 new_reloc <<= 8;
2603 break;
2604 case 1:
2605 new_reloc <<= 6;
2606 break;
2607 case 2:
2608 new_reloc <<= 4;
2609 break;
2610 case 3:
2611 new_reloc <<= 2;
2612 break;
2613 default:
2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2615 }
2616
2617 return new_reloc;
2618 }
2619
2620 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2622
2623 static int
2624 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2625 {
2626 int cmpltr;
2627 char *name = *s + 1;
2628 char c;
2629 char *save_s = *s;
2630 int nullify = 0;
2631
2632 cmpltr = 0;
2633 if (**s == ',')
2634 {
2635 *s += 1;
2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2637 *s += 1;
2638 c = **s;
2639 **s = 0x00;
2640
2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2642 {
2643 cmpltr = 1;
2644 }
2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2646 {
2647 cmpltr = 2;
2648 }
2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2650 {
2651 cmpltr = 3;
2652 }
2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2654 {
2655 cmpltr = 4;
2656 }
2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2658 {
2659 cmpltr = 5;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 6;
2664 }
2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2666 {
2667 cmpltr = 7;
2668 }
2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2670 completer. */
2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2672 {
2673 cmpltr = 0;
2674 nullify = 1;
2675 }
2676 else
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = -1;
2679 }
2680 **s = c;
2681 }
2682
2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2684 if (nullify)
2685 *s = save_s;
2686
2687 return cmpltr;
2688 }
2689
2690 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2692
2693 static int
2694 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2695 {
2696 int cmpltr;
2697 char *name = *s + 1;
2698 char c;
2699 char *save_s = *s;
2700 int nullify = 0;
2701
2702 cmpltr = 0;
2703 if (**s == ',')
2704 {
2705 *s += 1;
2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2707 *s += 1;
2708 c = **s;
2709 **s = 0x00;
2710
2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2712 {
2713 cmpltr = 0;
2714 }
2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2716 {
2717 cmpltr = 1;
2718 }
2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2720 {
2721 cmpltr = 2;
2722 }
2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2724 {
2725 cmpltr = 3;
2726 }
2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2728 {
2729 cmpltr = 4;
2730 }
2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2732 {
2733 cmpltr = 5;
2734 }
2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2736 {
2737 cmpltr = 6;
2738 }
2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 7;
2742 }
2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2744 completer. */
2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2746 {
2747 cmpltr = 0;
2748 nullify = 1;
2749 }
2750 else
2751 {
2752 cmpltr = -1;
2753 }
2754 **s = c;
2755 }
2756
2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2758 if (nullify)
2759 *s = save_s;
2760
2761 return cmpltr;
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2766
2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2768 returned as 8-15. */
2769
2770 static int
2771 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2772 {
2773 int cmpltr;
2774 char *name = *s + 1;
2775 char c;
2776
2777 cmpltr = -1;
2778 if (**s == ',')
2779 {
2780 *s += 1;
2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2782 *s += 1;
2783 c = **s;
2784 **s = 0x00;
2785
2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = 0;
2789 }
2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 1;
2793 }
2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 2;
2797 }
2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2799 {
2800 cmpltr = 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 4;
2805 }
2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 }
2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 6;
2813 }
2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 7;
2817 }
2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 8;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 9;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 10;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 11;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 12;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 13;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 14;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 15;
2849 }
2850 else
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = -1;
2853 }
2854 **s = c;
2855 }
2856
2857 return cmpltr;
2858 }
2859
2860 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2862
2863 static int
2864 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2865 {
2866 int cmpltr;
2867 char *name = *s + 1;
2868 char c;
2869
2870 cmpltr = -1;
2871 if (**s == ',')
2872 {
2873 *s += 1;
2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2875 *s += 1;
2876 c = **s;
2877 **s = 0x00;
2878
2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2880 {
2881 cmpltr = 0;
2882 }
2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 1;
2886 }
2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2888 {
2889 cmpltr = 2;
2890 }
2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2892 {
2893 cmpltr = 3;
2894 }
2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2896 {
2897 cmpltr = 4;
2898 }
2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2900 {
2901 cmpltr = 5;
2902 }
2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2904 {
2905 cmpltr = 6;
2906 }
2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2908 {
2909 cmpltr = 7;
2910 }
2911 else
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = -1;
2914 }
2915 **s = c;
2916 }
2917
2918 return cmpltr;
2919 }
2920
2921 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2923
2924 static int
2925 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2926 {
2927 int cmpltr;
2928 char *name = *s + 1;
2929 char c;
2930 char *save_s = *s;
2931 int nullify = 0;
2932
2933 cmpltr = 0;
2934 if (**s == ',')
2935 {
2936 *s += 1;
2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2938 *s += 1;
2939 c = **s;
2940 **s = 0x00;
2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2942 {
2943 cmpltr = 1;
2944 }
2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2946 {
2947 cmpltr = 2;
2948 }
2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2950 {
2951 cmpltr = 3;
2952 }
2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2954 {
2955 cmpltr = 4;
2956 }
2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2958 {
2959 cmpltr = 5;
2960 }
2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2962 {
2963 cmpltr = 6;
2964 }
2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2966 {
2967 cmpltr = 7;
2968 }
2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2970 completer. */
2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2972 {
2973 cmpltr = 0;
2974 nullify = 1;
2975 }
2976 else
2977 {
2978 cmpltr = -1;
2979 }
2980 **s = c;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2984 if (nullify)
2985 *s = save_s;
2986
2987 return cmpltr;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2992
2993 static int
2994 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2995 {
2996 int cmpltr;
2997 char *name = *s + 1;
2998 char c;
2999 char *save_s = *s;
3000 int nullify = 0;
3001
3002 cmpltr = 0;
3003 if (**s == ',')
3004 {
3005 *s += 1;
3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3007 *s += 1;
3008 c = **s;
3009 **s = 0x00;
3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3011 {
3012 cmpltr = 0;
3013 }
3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3015 {
3016 cmpltr = 1;
3017 }
3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3019 {
3020 cmpltr = 2;
3021 }
3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3023 {
3024 cmpltr = 3;
3025 }
3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3027 {
3028 cmpltr = 4;
3029 }
3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3031 {
3032 cmpltr = 5;
3033 }
3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3035 {
3036 cmpltr = 6;
3037 }
3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3039 {
3040 cmpltr = 7;
3041 }
3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3043 completer. */
3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3045 {
3046 cmpltr = 0;
3047 nullify = 1;
3048 }
3049 else
3050 {
3051 cmpltr = -1;
3052 }
3053 **s = c;
3054 }
3055
3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3057 if (nullify)
3058 *s = save_s;
3059
3060 return cmpltr;
3061 }
3062
3063 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3065
3066 static int
3067 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3068 {
3069 int cmpltr;
3070 char *name = *s + 1;
3071 char c;
3072 char *save_s = *s;
3073 int nullify = 0;
3074
3075 cmpltr = 0;
3076 if (**s == ',')
3077 {
3078 *s += 1;
3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3080 *s += 1;
3081 c = **s;
3082 **s = 0x00;
3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3084 {
3085 cmpltr = 1;
3086 }
3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3088 {
3089 cmpltr = 2;
3090 }
3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3092 {
3093 cmpltr = 3;
3094 }
3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3096 {
3097 cmpltr = 4;
3098 }
3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3100 {
3101 cmpltr = 5;
3102 }
3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3104 {
3105 cmpltr = 6;
3106 }
3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3108 {
3109 cmpltr = 7;
3110 }
3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3112 {
3113 cmpltr = 8;
3114 }
3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 9;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 10;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 11;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 12;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 13;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 14;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 15;
3142 }
3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3144 completer. */
3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3146 {
3147 cmpltr = 0;
3148 nullify = 1;
3149 }
3150 else
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = -1;
3153 }
3154 **s = c;
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3158 if (nullify)
3159 *s = save_s;
3160
3161 return cmpltr;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3166
3167 static void
3168 pa_ip (char *str)
3169 {
3170 const char *error_message = "";
3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3172 const char *args;
3173 int match = FALSE;
3174 int comma = 0;
3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3177 unsigned long opcode;
3178 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3179
3180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3183 #endif
3184
3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3186 case. */
3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3189
3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3191 for (s = str;
3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3193 ++s)
3194 ;
3195
3196 switch (*s)
3197 {
3198
3199 case '\0':
3200 break;
3201
3202 case ',':
3203 comma = 1;
3204
3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3206
3207 case ' ':
3208 *s++ = '\0';
3209 break;
3210
3211 default:
3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3213 return;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3220 return;
3221 }
3222
3223 if (comma)
3224 *--s = ',';
3225
3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3227 start processing them. */
3228 argstart = s;
3229 for (;;)
3230 {
3231 /* Do some initialization. */
3232 opcode = insn->match;
3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3235 need_cond = 1;
3236
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3238
3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3241 goto failed;
3242
3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3244 sure that the operands match. */
3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3246 {
3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3249 s++;
3250
3251 switch (*args)
3252 {
3253 /* End of arguments. */
3254 case '\0':
3255 if (*s == '\0')
3256 match = TRUE;
3257 break;
3258
3259 case '+':
3260 if (*s == '+')
3261 {
3262 ++s;
3263 continue;
3264 }
3265 if (*s == '-')
3266 continue;
3267 break;
3268
3269 /* These must match exactly. */
3270 case '(':
3271 case ')':
3272 case ',':
3273 case ' ':
3274 if (*s++ == *args)
3275 continue;
3276 break;
3277
3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3279 case 'b':
3280 case '^':
3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3282 break;
3283 num = pa_number;
3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3286
3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3288 is there. */
3289 case '!':
3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3292 s = s + 1;
3293
3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3295 {
3296 s += 4;
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3300 {
3301 s += 5;
3302 continue;
3303 }
3304 break;
3305
3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3307 case 'x':
3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3309 break;
3310 num = pa_number;
3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3313
3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3315 case 't':
3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3317 break;
3318 num = pa_number;
3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3321
3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3323 case 'a':
3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3325 break;
3326 num = pa_number;
3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3328 opcode |= num << 16;
3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3330
3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3332 case 'T':
3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3335 break;
3336 s = expr_end;
3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3340
3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3342 case '5':
3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3345 break;
3346 s = expr_end;
3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3352
3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3354 case 'V':
3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3357 break;
3358 s = expr_end;
3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3364
3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3366 case 'r':
3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3369 break;
3370 s = expr_end;
3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3373
3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3375 case 'R':
3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3378 break;
3379 s = expr_end;
3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3382
3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3384 case 'U':
3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387 break;
3388 s = expr_end;
3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3393 case 's':
3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3395 break;
3396 num = pa_number;
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3399
3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3401 case 'S':
3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3403 break;
3404 num = pa_number;
3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3407 continue;
3408
3409 /* Handle all completers. */
3410 case 'c':
3411 switch (*++args)
3412 {
3413
3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3415 case 'X':
3416 case 'x':
3417 {
3418 int uu = 0;
3419 int m = 0;
3420 int i = 0;
3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3422 {
3423 s++;
3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3425 {
3426 uu = 1;
3427 m = 1;
3428 s++;
3429 i++;
3430 }
3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3432 m = 1;
3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3435 uu = 1;
3436 else if (strict)
3437 {
3438 /* This is a match failure. */
3439 s--;
3440 break;
3441 }
3442 else
3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3444 s++;
3445 i++;
3446 }
3447 if (i > 2)
3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3449 opcode |= m << 5;
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3454 case 'M':
3455 case 'm':
3456 case 'q':
3457 case 'J':
3458 case 'e':
3459 {
3460 int a = 0;
3461 int m = 0;
3462 if (*s == ',')
3463 {
3464 s++;
3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3466 {
3467 a = 0;
3468 m = 1;
3469 s += 2;
3470 }
3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3472 {
3473 a = 1;
3474 m = 1;
3475 s += 2;
3476 }
3477 else if (strict)
3478 /* This is a match failure. */
3479 s--;
3480 else
3481 {
3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3483 s += 2;
3484 }
3485 }
3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3488 else if (*args == 'e')
3489 break;
3490
3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3492 encode the before/after field. */
3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3494 {
3495 opcode |= m << 5;
3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3497 }
3498 else if (*args == 'q')
3499 {
3500 opcode |= m << 3;
3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3502 }
3503 else if (*args == 'J')
3504 {
3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3507 }
3508 else
3509 {
3510 gas_assert (*args == 'e');
3511 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3512 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3513 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3514 opcode |= a;
3515 continue;
3516 }
3517 }
3518
3519 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3520 case 'A':
3521 case 's':
3522 {
3523 int a = 0;
3524 int m = 0;
3525 int i = 0;
3526 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3527 {
3528 s++;
3529 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3530 m = 1;
3531 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3532 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3533 a = 0;
3534 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3535 a = 1;
3536 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3537 else if (strict)
3538 {
3539 s--;
3540 break;
3541 }
3542 else
3543 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3544 s++;
3545 i++;
3546 }
3547 if (i > 2)
3548 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3549 opcode |= m << 5;
3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3551 }
3552
3553 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3554 case 'c':
3555 cmpltr = 0;
3556 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3557 {
3558 s += 3;
3559 cmpltr = 2;
3560 }
3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3562
3563 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3564 case 'C':
3565 cmpltr = 0;
3566 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3567 {
3568 s += 3;
3569 cmpltr = 2;
3570 }
3571 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3572 {
3573 s += 3;
3574 cmpltr = 1;
3575 }
3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3577
3578 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3579 case 'd':
3580 cmpltr = 0;
3581 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3582 {
3583 s += 3;
3584 cmpltr = 1;
3585 }
3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3587
3588 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3589 case 'o':
3590 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3591 break;
3592 s += 2;
3593 continue;
3594
3595 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3596 case 'g':
3597 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3598 break;
3599 s += 5;
3600 continue;
3601
3602 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3603 case 'p':
3604 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3605 break;
3606 s += 7;
3607 continue;
3608
3609 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3610 case 'l':
3611 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3612 break;
3613 s += 2;
3614 continue;
3615
3616 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3617 case 'P':
3618 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3619 break;
3620 s += 4;
3621 continue;
3622
3623 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3624 case 'L':
3625 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3626 break;
3627 s += 2;
3628 continue;
3629
3630 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3631 case 'w':
3632 flag = 0;
3633 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3634 {
3635 flag = 1;
3636 s += 2;
3637 }
3638 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3639 {
3640 flag = 0;
3641 s += 2;
3642 }
3643
3644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3645
3646 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3647 case 'W':
3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3649 break;
3650 s += 2;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3654 case 'r':
3655 flag = 0;
3656 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3657 {
3658 flag = 5;
3659 s += 2;
3660 }
3661
3662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3663
3664 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3665 case 'Z':
3666 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3667 {
3668 flag = 1;
3669 s += 2;
3670 }
3671 else
3672 flag = 0;
3673
3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3675
3676 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3677 case 'i':
3678 flag = 0;
3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3680 {
3681 flag = 1;
3682 s += 2;
3683 }
3684
3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3686
3687 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3688 case 'z':
3689 flag = 1;
3690 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3691 {
3692 flag = 0;
3693 s += 2;
3694 }
3695
3696 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3697
3698 /* Handle add completer. */
3699 case 'a':
3700 flag = 1;
3701 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3702 {
3703 flag = 2;
3704 s += 2;
3705 }
3706 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3707 {
3708 flag = 3;
3709 s += 4;
3710 }
3711
3712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3713
3714 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3715 case 'Y':
3716 flag = 0;
3717 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3718 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3719 {
3720 flag = 1;
3721 s += 7;
3722 }
3723 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3724 {
3725 flag = 0;
3726 s += 3;
3727 }
3728 else
3729 break;
3730
3731 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3732 need_cond = 0;
3733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3734
3735 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3736 case 'y':
3737 flag = 0;
3738 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3739 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3740 {
3741 flag = 1;
3742 s += 6;
3743 }
3744 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3745 {
3746 flag = 0;
3747 s += 2;
3748 }
3749 else
3750 break;
3751
3752 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3753
3754 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3755 case 'v':
3756 flag = 0;
3757 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3758 {
3759 flag = 1;
3760 s += 4;
3761 }
3762
3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3764
3765 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3766 case 't':
3767 flag = 0;
3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3770 {
3771 flag = 1;
3772 s += 7;
3773 }
3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3775 {
3776 flag = 0;
3777 s += 3;
3778 }
3779 else
3780 break;
3781
3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3783
3784 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3785 case 'B':
3786 flag = 0;
3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3788 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3789 {
3790 flag = 1;
3791 s += 7;
3792 }
3793 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3794 {
3795 flag = 0;
3796 s += 3;
3797 }
3798 else
3799 break;
3800
3801 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3802 need_cond = 0;
3803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3804
3805 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3806 case 'b':
3807 flag = 0;
3808 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3809 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3810 {
3811 flag = 1;
3812 s += 6;
3813 }
3814 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3815 {
3816 flag = 0;
3817 s += 2;
3818 }
3819 else
3820 break;
3821
3822 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3823
3824 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3825 case 'T':
3826 flag = 0;
3827 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3828 {
3829 flag = 1;
3830 s += 3;
3831 }
3832
3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3834
3835 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3836 case 'S':
3837 {
3838 int sign = 1;
3839 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3840 {
3841 sign = 1;
3842 s += 2;
3843 }
3844 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3845 {
3846 sign = 0;
3847 s += 2;
3848 }
3849
3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3851 }
3852
3853 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3854 case 'h':
3855 if (*s++ == ',')
3856 {
3857 int lr = 0;
3858 if (*s == 'r')
3859 lr = 2;
3860 else if (*s == 'l')
3861 lr = 0;
3862 else
3863 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3864
3865 s++;
3866 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3867 }
3868 else
3869 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3870 break;
3871
3872 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3873 case 'H':
3874 {
3875 int sat = 3;
3876 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3877 {
3878 sat = 1;
3879 s += 3;
3880 }
3881 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3882 {
3883 sat = 0;
3884 s += 3;
3885 }
3886
3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3891 case '*':
3892 if (*s++ == ',')
3893 {
3894 int permloc[4];
3895 int perm = 0;
3896 int i = 0;
3897 permloc[0] = 13;
3898 permloc[1] = 10;
3899 permloc[2] = 8;
3900 permloc[3] = 6;
3901 for (; i < 4; i++)
3902 {
3903 switch (*s++)
3904 {
3905 case '0':
3906 perm = 0;
3907 break;
3908 case '1':
3909 perm = 1;
3910 break;
3911 case '2':
3912 perm = 2;
3913 break;
3914 case '3':
3915 perm = 3;
3916 break;
3917 default:
3918 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3919 }
3920 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3921 }
3922 continue;
3923 }
3924 else
3925 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3926 break;
3927
3928 default:
3929 abort ();
3930 }
3931 break;
3932
3933 /* Handle all conditions. */
3934 case '?':
3935 {
3936 args++;
3937 switch (*args)
3938 {
3939 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3940 case 'f':
3941 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3943
3944 /* Handle an add condition. */
3945 case 'A':
3946 case 'a':
3947 cmpltr = 0;
3948 flag = 0;
3949 if (*s == ',')
3950 {
3951 s++;
3952
3953 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3954 if (*args == 'A')
3955 {
3956 if (*s == '*')
3957 s++;
3958 else
3959 break;
3960 }
3961 else if (*s == '*')
3962 break;
3963
3964 name = s;
3965 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3966 s += 1;
3967 c = *s;
3968 *s = 0x00;
3969 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3970 cmpltr = 1;
3971 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3972 cmpltr = 2;
3973 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3974 cmpltr = 3;
3975 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3976 cmpltr = 4;
3977 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3978 cmpltr = 5;
3979 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3980 cmpltr = 6;
3981 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3982 cmpltr = 7;
3983 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3984 {
3985 cmpltr = 0;
3986 flag = 1;
3987 }
3988 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3989 {
3990 cmpltr = 1;
3991 flag = 1;
3992 }
3993 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3994 {
3995 cmpltr = 2;
3996 flag = 1;
3997 }
3998 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3999 {
4000 cmpltr = 3;
4001 flag = 1;
4002 }
4003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4004 {
4005 cmpltr = 4;
4006 flag = 1;
4007 }
4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4009 {
4010 cmpltr = 5;
4011 flag = 1;
4012 }
4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4014 {
4015 cmpltr = 6;
4016 flag = 1;
4017 }
4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4019 {
4020 cmpltr = 7;
4021 flag = 1;
4022 }
4023 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4024 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4025 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4026 *s = c;
4027 }
4028 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4029 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4030 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4031 break;
4032
4033 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4035
4036 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4037 case 'd':
4038 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4039 if (cmpltr < 0)
4040 {
4041 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4042 cmpltr = 0;
4043 }
4044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4045
4046 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4047 case 'W':
4048 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4049 if (cmpltr < 0)
4050 {
4051 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4052 cmpltr = 0;
4053 }
4054 else
4055 {
4056 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4057 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4058 }
4059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4060
4061 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4062 condition. */
4063 case '@':
4064 save_s = s;
4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4066 if (cmpltr < 0)
4067 {
4068 s = save_s;
4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4070 if (cmpltr < 0)
4071 {
4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4073 cmpltr = 0;
4074 }
4075 else
4076 {
4077 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4078 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4079 }
4080 }
4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4082
4083 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4084 case 'B':
4085 case 'b':
4086 cmpltr = 0;
4087 if (*s == ',')
4088 {
4089 s++;
4090
4091 if (*args == 'B')
4092 {
4093 if (*s == '*')
4094 s++;
4095 else
4096 break;
4097 }
4098 else if (*s == '*')
4099 break;
4100
4101 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4102 {
4103 cmpltr = 0;
4104 s++;
4105 }
4106 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4107 {
4108 cmpltr = 1;
4109 s += 2;
4110 }
4111 else
4112 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
4113 }
4114 else
4115 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4116
4117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4118
4119 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4120 case 'S':
4121 case 's':
4122 cmpltr = 0;
4123 flag = 0;
4124 if (*s == ',')
4125 {
4126 s++;
4127
4128 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4129 if (*args == 'S')
4130 {
4131 if (*s == '*')
4132 s++;
4133 else
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 else if (*s == '*')
4137 break;
4138
4139 name = s;
4140 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4141 s += 1;
4142 c = *s;
4143 *s = 0x00;
4144 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4145 cmpltr = 1;
4146 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4147 cmpltr = 2;
4148 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4149 cmpltr = 3;
4150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4151 cmpltr = 4;
4152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4153 cmpltr = 5;
4154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4155 cmpltr = 6;
4156 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4157 cmpltr = 7;
4158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4159 {
4160 cmpltr = 0;
4161 flag = 1;
4162 }
4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4164 {
4165 cmpltr = 1;
4166 flag = 1;
4167 }
4168 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4169 {
4170 cmpltr = 2;
4171 flag = 1;
4172 }
4173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4174 {
4175 cmpltr = 3;
4176 flag = 1;
4177 }
4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4179 {
4180 cmpltr = 4;
4181 flag = 1;
4182 }
4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4184 {
4185 cmpltr = 5;
4186 flag = 1;
4187 }
4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4189 {
4190 cmpltr = 6;
4191 flag = 1;
4192 }
4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4194 {
4195 cmpltr = 7;
4196 flag = 1;
4197 }
4198 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4199 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4200 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4201 name);
4202 *s = c;
4203 }
4204 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4205 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4206 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4207 break;
4208
4209 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4211
4212 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4213 case 't':
4214 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4215 if (cmpltr < 0)
4216 {
4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4218 cmpltr = 0;
4219 }
4220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4221
4222 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4223 case 'n':
4224 save_s = s;
4225 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4226 if (cmpltr < 0)
4227 {
4228 s = save_s;
4229 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4230 if (cmpltr < 0)
4231 {
4232 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4233 cmpltr = 0;
4234 }
4235 else
4236 {
4237 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4238 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4239 }
4240 }
4241
4242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4243
4244 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4245 case 'N':
4246 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4247 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4248 {
4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4250 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4251 }
4252 else
4253 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4254 break;
4255
4256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4257
4258 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4259 case 'Q':
4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4261 if (cmpltr < 0)
4262 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4263 break;
4264
4265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4266
4267 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4268 case 'L':
4269 case 'l':
4270 cmpltr = 0;
4271 flag = 0;
4272 if (*s == ',')
4273 {
4274 s++;
4275
4276 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4277 if (*args == 'L')
4278 {
4279 if (*s == '*')
4280 s++;
4281 else
4282 break;
4283 }
4284 else if (*s == '*')
4285 break;
4286
4287 name = s;
4288 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4289 s += 1;
4290 c = *s;
4291 *s = 0x00;
4292
4293 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4294 cmpltr = 1;
4295 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4296 cmpltr = 2;
4297 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4298 cmpltr = 3;
4299 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4300 cmpltr = 7;
4301 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4302 {
4303 cmpltr = 0;
4304 flag = 1;
4305 }
4306 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4307 {
4308 cmpltr = 1;
4309 flag = 1;
4310 }
4311 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4312 {
4313 cmpltr = 2;
4314 flag = 1;
4315 }
4316 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4317 {
4318 cmpltr = 3;
4319 flag = 1;
4320 }
4321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4322 {
4323 cmpltr = 7;
4324 flag = 1;
4325 }
4326 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4327 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4328 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4329 *s = c;
4330 }
4331 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4332 else if (*args == 'L')
4333 break;
4334
4335 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4337
4338 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4339 case 'X':
4340 case 'x':
4341 case 'y':
4342 cmpltr = 0;
4343 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4344 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4345 immediate_check = 1;
4346 if (*s == ',')
4347 {
4348 save_s = s++;
4349
4350 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4351 if (*args == 'X')
4352 {
4353 if (*s == '*')
4354 s++;
4355 else
4356 break;
4357 }
4358 else if (*s == '*')
4359 break;
4360
4361 name = s;
4362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4363 s += 1;
4364 c = *s;
4365 *s = 0x00;
4366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4367 cmpltr = 1;
4368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4369 cmpltr = 2;
4370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4371 cmpltr = 3;
4372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4373 cmpltr = 4;
4374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4375 cmpltr = 5;
4376 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4377 cmpltr = 6;
4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4379 cmpltr = 7;
4380 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4381 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4383 {
4384 *s = c;
4385 s = save_s;
4386 continue;
4387 }
4388 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4389 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4390 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4391 *s = c;
4392 }
4393
4394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4395
4396 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4397 case 'U':
4398 case 'u':
4399 cmpltr = 0;
4400 flag = 0;
4401 if (*s == ',')
4402 {
4403 int uxor;
4404 s++;
4405
4406 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4407 if (*args == 'U')
4408 {
4409 if (*s == '*')
4410 s++;
4411 else
4412 break;
4413 }
4414 else if (*s == '*')
4415 break;
4416
4417 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4418 not involving carries. */
4419 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
4420 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4421 {
4422 cmpltr = 2;
4423 s += 3;
4424 }
4425 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4426 {
4427 cmpltr = 3;
4428 s += 3;
4429 }
4430 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4431 {
4432 cmpltr = 4;
4433 s += 3;
4434 }
4435 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4436 {
4437 cmpltr = 6;
4438 s += 3;
4439 }
4440 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4441 {
4442 cmpltr = 7;
4443 s += 3;
4444 }
4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4446 {
4447 cmpltr = 0;
4448 flag = 1;
4449 s += 2;
4450 }
4451 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4452 {
4453 cmpltr = 2;
4454 flag = 1;
4455 s += 3;
4456 }
4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4458 {
4459 cmpltr = 3;
4460 flag = 1;
4461 s += 3;
4462 }
4463 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4464 {
4465 cmpltr = 4;
4466 flag = 1;
4467 s += 3;
4468 }
4469 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4470 {
4471 cmpltr = 6;
4472 flag = 1;
4473 s += 3;
4474 }
4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4476 {
4477 cmpltr = 7;
4478 flag = 1;
4479 s += 3;
4480 }
4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4482 {
4483 cmpltr = 1;
4484 flag = 0;
4485 s += 3;
4486 }
4487 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4488 {
4489 cmpltr = 5;
4490 flag = 0;
4491 s += 3;
4492 }
4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4494 {
4495 cmpltr = 1;
4496 flag = 1;
4497 s += 3;
4498 }
4499 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4500 {
4501 cmpltr = 5;
4502 flag = 1;
4503 s += 3;
4504 }
4505 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4506 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4507 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4508 }
4509 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4510 else if (*args == 'U')
4511 break;
4512
4513 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4515
4516 default:
4517 abort ();
4518 }
4519 break;
4520 }
4521
4522 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4523 case 'n':
4524 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4526
4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4528 case 'N':
4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4531
4532 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4533 case 'L':
4534 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4535 s += 4;
4536 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4537 s += 4;
4538 else
4539 break;
4540 continue;
4541
4542 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4543 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4544 case 'h':
4545 get_expression (s);
4546 s = expr_end;
4547 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4548 {
4549 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4551 num++;
4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4553 }
4554 else
4555 break;
4556
4557 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4558 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4559 case 'm':
4560 get_expression (s);
4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4562 {
4563 s = expr_end;
4564 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4566 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4568 }
4569 else
4570 break;
4571
4572 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4573 case '=':
4574 {
4575 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4580 case 'i':
4581 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4582 get_expression (s);
4583 s = expr_end;
4584 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4585 {
4586 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4587 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4588 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4590 }
4591 else
4592 {
4593 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4594 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4595 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4596 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4597 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4598 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4599 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4600 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4601 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4602 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4603 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4604 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4606 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4608 #endif
4609 else
4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4611 the_insn.format = 11;
4612 continue;
4613 }
4614
4615 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4616 case 'J':
4617 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4618 get_expression (s);
4619 s = expr_end;
4620 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4621 {
4622 int mb;
4623
4624 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4625 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4626 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4627 good to rethink this. */
4628 mb = opcode & 1;
4629 opcode -= mb;
4630 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4631 if (mb != (num < 0))
4632 break;
4633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4634 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4635 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4636 }
4637 break;
4638
4639 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4640 case 'K':
4641 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4642 get_expression (s);
4643 s = expr_end;
4644 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4645 {
4646 int mb;
4647
4648 mb = opcode & 1;
4649 opcode -= mb;
4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4651 if (mb == (num < 0))
4652 break;
4653 if (num % 4)
4654 break;
4655 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4656 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4658 }
4659 break;
4660
4661 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4662 case '<':
4663 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4664 get_expression (s);
4665 s = expr_end;
4666 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4667 {
4668 int mb;
4669
4670 mb = opcode & 1;
4671 opcode -= mb;
4672 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4673 if (mb != (num < 0))
4674 break;
4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4676 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4678 }
4679 break;
4680
4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4682 case '>':
4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4684 get_expression (s);
4685 s = expr_end;
4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4687 {
4688 int mb;
4689
4690 mb = opcode & 1;
4691 opcode -= mb;
4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4693 if (mb == (num < 0))
4694 break;
4695 if (num % 4)
4696 break;
4697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4698 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4700 }
4701 break;
4702
4703 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4704 case '#':
4705 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4706 break;
4707 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4708 get_expression (s);
4709 s = expr_end;
4710 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4711 {
4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4713 if (num & 0x7)
4714 break;
4715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4716 if (num < 0)
4717 opcode |= 1;
4718 num &= 0x1fff;
4719 num >>= 3;
4720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4721 }
4722 else
4723 {
4724 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4725 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4726 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4727 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4728 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4729 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4730 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4731 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4732 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4733 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4734 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4735 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4737 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4739 #endif
4740 else
4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4742 the_insn.format = 14;
4743 continue;
4744 }
4745 break;
4746
4747 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4748 case 'd':
4749 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4750 get_expression (s);
4751 s = expr_end;
4752 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4753 {
4754 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4755 if (num & 0x3)
4756 break;
4757 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4758 if (num < 0)
4759 opcode |= 1;
4760 num &= 0x1fff;
4761 num >>= 2;
4762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4763 }
4764 else
4765 {
4766 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4767 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4768 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4769 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4770 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4771 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4772 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4773 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4774 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4775 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4776 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4777 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4779 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4781 #endif
4782 else
4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4784 the_insn.format = 14;
4785 continue;
4786 }
4787
4788 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4789 case 'j':
4790 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4791 get_expression (s);
4792 s = expr_end;
4793 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4794 {
4795 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4797 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4799 }
4800 else
4801 {
4802 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4804 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4805 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4806 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4807 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4808 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4809 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4810 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4811 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4812 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4813 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4815 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4817 #endif
4818 else
4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4820 the_insn.format = 14;
4821 continue;
4822 }
4823
4824 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4825 case 'k':
4826 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4827 get_expression (s);
4828 s = expr_end;
4829 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4830 {
4831 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4832 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4833 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4834 continue;
4835 }
4836 else
4837 {
4838 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4840 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4841 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4842 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4843 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4844 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4845 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4846 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4847 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4848 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4849 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4851 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4853 #endif
4854 else
4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4856 the_insn.format = 21;
4857 continue;
4858 }
4859
4860 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4861 case 'l':
4862 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4863 get_expression (s);
4864 s = expr_end;
4865 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4866 {
4867 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4868 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4869 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4870 continue;
4871 }
4872 else
4873 {
4874 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4875 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4877 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4878 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4879 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4880 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4882 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4884 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4886 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4888 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4890 #endif
4891 else
4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4893 the_insn.format = 14;
4894 continue;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4898 case 'y':
4899 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4900 get_expression (s);
4901 s = expr_end;
4902 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4903 {
4904 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4905 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4906 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4907 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4908 continue;
4909 }
4910 else
4911 {
4912 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4913 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4914 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4915 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4916 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4917 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4918 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4919 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4920 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4921 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4922 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4923 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4924 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4926 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4928 #endif
4929 else
4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4931 the_insn.format = 14;
4932 continue;
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4936 case '&':
4937 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4938 get_expression (s);
4939 s = expr_end;
4940 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4941 {
4942 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4943 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4944 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4945 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4946 continue;
4947 }
4948 else
4949 {
4950 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4951 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4952 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4953 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4954 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4955 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4956 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4957 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4958 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4959 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4960 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4961 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4962 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4964 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4966 #endif
4967 else
4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4969 the_insn.format = 14;
4970 continue;
4971 }
4972
4973 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4974 case 'w':
4975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4976 get_expression (s);
4977 s = expr_end;
4978 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4979 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4980 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4981 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4982 {
4983 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4984 if (num % 4)
4985 {
4986 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4987 break;
4988 }
4989 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4990 num -= 8;
4991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4992 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4993 continue;
4994 }
4995 else
4996 {
4997 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4998 the_insn.format = 12;
4999 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5000 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5001 s = expr_end;
5002 continue;
5003 }
5004
5005 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5006 case 'W':
5007 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5008 get_expression (s);
5009 s = expr_end;
5010 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5011 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5012 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5013 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5014 {
5015 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5016 if (num % 4)
5017 {
5018 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5019 break;
5020 }
5021 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5022 num -= 8;
5023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5024 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5025 continue;
5026 }
5027 else
5028 {
5029 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5030 the_insn.format = 17;
5031 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5032 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5033 continue;
5034 }
5035
5036 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5037 case 'X':
5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5039 get_expression (s);
5040 s = expr_end;
5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5045 {
5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5047 if (num % 4)
5048 {
5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5053 num -= 8;
5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5055 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5056 }
5057 else
5058 {
5059 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5060 the_insn.format = 22;
5061 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5062 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5063 continue;
5064 }
5065
5066 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5067 case 'z':
5068 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5069 get_expression (s);
5070 s = expr_end;
5071 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5072 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5073 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5074 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5075 {
5076 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5077 if (num % 4)
5078 {
5079 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5080 break;
5081 }
5082 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5083 num -= 8;
5084 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5085 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5086 continue;
5087 }
5088 else
5089 {
5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5091 the_insn.format = 17;
5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5094 continue;
5095 }
5096
5097 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5098 case 'Z':
5099 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5100 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5101 {
5102 s += 4;
5103 continue;
5104 }
5105 else
5106 break;
5107
5108 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5109 case 'Y':
5110 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5111 break;
5112 s += 9;
5113 continue;
5114
5115 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5116 case '@':
5117 if (*s != '0')
5118 break;
5119 s++;
5120 continue;
5121
5122 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5123 case '.':
5124 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5125 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5126 break;
5127 s = expr_end;
5128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5130
5131 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5132 case '*':
5133 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5134 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5135 break;
5136 s = expr_end;
5137 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5138 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5139
5140 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5141 case 'p':
5142 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5143 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5144 break;
5145 s = expr_end;
5146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5147 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5149
5150 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5151 case '~':
5152 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5153 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5154 break;
5155 s = expr_end;
5156 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5157 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5158 num = 63 - num;
5159 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5161
5162 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5163 case '%':
5164 flag = 0;
5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5167 break;
5168 s = expr_end;
5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5171 num--;
5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5173 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5175
5176 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5177 case '|':
5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5180 break;
5181 s = expr_end;
5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5184 num--;
5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5188
5189 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5190 case 'P':
5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5193 break;
5194 s = expr_end;
5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5198
5199 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5200 case 'q':
5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5203 break;
5204 s = expr_end;
5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5206 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5209
5210 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5211 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5212 case 'B':
5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5215 break;
5216 s = expr_end;
5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5218 if (num & 0x20)
5219 opcode &= ~(1 << 13);
5220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5221
5222 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5223 case 'Q':
5224 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5225 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5226 break;
5227 s = expr_end;
5228 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5230
5231 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5232 case '$':
5233 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5234 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5235 break;
5236 s = expr_end;
5237 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5238 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5239
5240 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5241 case 'A':
5242 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5243 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5244 break;
5245 s = expr_end;
5246 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5248
5249 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5250 case 'D':
5251 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5252 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5253 break;
5254 s = expr_end;
5255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5257
5258 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5259 case 'v':
5260 if (*s++ != ',')
5261 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5262 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5263 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5264 break;
5265 s = expr_end;
5266 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5267 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5268
5269 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5270 case 'O':
5271 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5272 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5273 break;
5274 s = expr_end;
5275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5276 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5278
5279 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5280 case 'o':
5281 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5282 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5283 break;
5284 s = expr_end;
5285 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5286 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5287
5288 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5289 case '0':
5290 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5291 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5292 break;
5293 s = expr_end;
5294 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5295 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5297
5298 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5299 case '1':
5300 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5301 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5302 break;
5303 s = expr_end;
5304 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5305 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5306 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5307
5308 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5309 case 'u':
5310 if (*s++ != ',')
5311 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5312 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5313 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5314 break;
5315 s = expr_end;
5316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5318
5319 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5320 case '2':
5321 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5322 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5323 break;
5324 s = expr_end;
5325 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5326 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5327 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5328
5329 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5330 case '{':
5331 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5332 {
5333 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5334 s += 2;
5335 }
5336 else
5337 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5338 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5339 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5340 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5341 flag = SGL;
5342 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5343 flag = DBL;
5344 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5345 flag = QUAD;
5346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5347
5348 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5349 case '_':
5350 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5351 s--;
5352 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5353 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5354 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5355 flag = SGL;
5356 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5357 flag = DBL;
5358 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5359 flag = QUAD;
5360 opcode |= flag << 13;
5361 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5362 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5363 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5364 {
5365 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5366 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5367 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5368 flag = 0;
5369 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5370 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5371 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5372 flag = 2;
5373 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5376 flag = 6;
5377 else
5378 abort ();
5379 }
5380 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5381 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5382 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5383 {
5384 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5385 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5386 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5387 flag = 1;
5388 else
5389 abort ();
5390 }
5391 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5392 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5393 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5394 {
5395 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5398 flag = 5;
5399 else
5400 abort ();
5401 }
5402 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5404
5405 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5406 case 'F':
5407 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5408 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5410
5411 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5412 case 'G':
5413 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5414 s--;
5415 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5416 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5418
5419 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5420 case 'I':
5421 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5422 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5424
5425 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5426 Only allows single and double precision. */
5427 case 'H':
5428 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5429 switch (flag)
5430 {
5431 case SGL:
5432 opcode |= 0x20;
5433 /* Fall through. */
5434 case DBL:
5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5436 continue;
5437
5438 case QUAD:
5439 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5440 default:
5441 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5442 }
5443 break;
5444
5445 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5446 case 'f':
5447 switch (*++args)
5448 {
5449 /* Float target register. */
5450 case 't':
5451 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5452 break;
5453 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5454 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5455 break;
5456 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
5457 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5458 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5459
5460 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5461 case 'T':
5462 {
5463 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5464 break;
5465 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5466 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5467 opcode |= num;
5468
5469 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5470 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5471 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5472 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5473 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5474 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5475
5476 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5477 continue;
5478 }
5479
5480 /* Float operand 1. */
5481 case 'a':
5482 {
5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5484 break;
5485 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5486 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5487 opcode |= num << 21;
5488 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5489 {
5490 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5491 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5492 }
5493 continue;
5494 }
5495
5496 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5497 case 'X':
5498 case 'A':
5499 {
5500 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5501 break;
5502 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5503 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5504 opcode |= num << 21;
5505 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5506 continue;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Float operand 2. */
5510 case 'b':
5511 {
5512 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5513 break;
5514 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5516 opcode |= num << 16;
5517 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5518 {
5519 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5520 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5521 }
5522 continue;
5523 }
5524
5525 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5526 case 'B':
5527 {
5528 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5529 break;
5530 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5532 opcode |= num << 16;
5533 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5534 continue;
5535 }
5536
5537 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5538 case 'C':
5539 {
5540 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5541 break;
5542 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5543 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5544 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5545 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5546 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5547 continue;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5551 case 'i':
5552 {
5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5554 break;
5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5557 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5558 {
5559 if (num < 16)
5560 {
5561 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5562 break;
5563 }
5564 num &= 0xF;
5565 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5566 }
5567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5568 }
5569
5570 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5571 case 'j':
5572 {
5573 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5574 break;
5575 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5578 {
5579 if (num < 16)
5580 {
5581 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5582 break;
5583 }
5584 num &= 0xF;
5585 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5586 }
5587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5588 }
5589
5590 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5591 case 'k':
5592 {
5593 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5594 break;
5595 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5597 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5598 {
5599 if (num < 16)
5600 {
5601 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5602 break;
5603 }
5604 num &= 0xF;
5605 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5606 }
5607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5608 }
5609
5610 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5611 case 'l':
5612 {
5613 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5614 break;
5615 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5616 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5617 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5618 {
5619 if (num < 16)
5620 {
5621 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5622 break;
5623 }
5624 num &= 0xF;
5625 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5626 }
5627 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5631 case 'm':
5632 {
5633 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5634 break;
5635 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5636 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5637 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5638 {
5639 if (num < 16)
5640 {
5641 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5642 break;
5643 }
5644 num &= 0xF;
5645 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5646 }
5647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5651 case 'E':
5652 case 'e':
5653 {
5654 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5655 break;
5656 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5657 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5658 opcode |= num << 16;
5659 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5660 {
5661 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5662 }
5663 continue;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5667 case 'x':
5668 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5669 break;
5670 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5671 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5673
5674 default:
5675 abort ();
5676 }
5677 break;
5678
5679 default:
5680 abort ();
5681 }
5682 break;
5683 }
5684
5685 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5686 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5687 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5688 if (match
5689 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5690 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5691 {
5692 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5693 match = FALSE;
5694 }
5695
5696 failed:
5697 /* Check if the args matched. */
5698 if (!match)
5699 {
5700 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5701 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5702 {
5703 ++insn;
5704 s = argstart;
5705 continue;
5706 }
5707 else
5708 {
5709 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5710 return;
5711 }
5712 }
5713 break;
5714 }
5715
5716 if (immediate_check)
5717 {
5718 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5719 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5720 pos, len);
5721 }
5722
5723 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5724 }
5725
5726 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5727
5728 void
5729 md_assemble (char *str)
5730 {
5731 char *to;
5732
5733 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5734 gas_assert (str);
5735
5736 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5737 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5738 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5739
5740 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5741 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5742 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5743 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5744 {
5745 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5746
5747 if (label_symbol)
5748 {
5749 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5750 {
5751 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5752 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5753 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5754 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5755 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5756 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5757 if (within_entry_exit)
5758 {
5759 char *where;
5760 unsigned int u;
5761
5762 where = frag_more (0);
5763 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5764 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5765 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5766 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5767 }
5768 #endif
5769 }
5770 else
5771 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5772 }
5773 else
5774 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5775 }
5776
5777 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5778 pa_ip (str);
5779
5780 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5781 to = frag_more (4);
5782
5783 /* Output the opcode. */
5784 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5785
5786 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5787 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5788 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5789 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5790 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5791 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5792
5793 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5794 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5795 #endif
5796 }
5797
5798 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5799 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5800 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5801 static void
5802 pa_align (int bytes)
5803 {
5804 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5805 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5806
5807 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5808 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5809
5810 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5811 alignment if necessary. */
5812 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5813 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5814 }
5815 #endif
5816
5817 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5818
5819 static void
5820 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5821 {
5822 unsigned int temp_size;
5823
5824 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5825 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5826 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5827 #endif
5828
5829 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5830
5831 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5832 {
5833 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5834 temp_size = 0;
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5839 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5840 *p = 0;
5841 }
5842
5843 pa_undefine_label ();
5844 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5845 }
5846
5847 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5848
5849 static void
5850 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5851 {
5852
5853 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5854 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5855 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5856 char *where = frag_more (0);
5857
5858 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5859 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5860 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5861 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5862 #endif
5863
5864 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5865 }
5866
5867 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5868
5869 static void
5870 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5871 {
5872 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5873 expressionS exp;
5874 char *where = frag_more (0);
5875
5876 if (! begin)
5877 expression (&exp);
5878
5879 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5880 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5881
5882 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5883 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5884 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5885 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5886 #endif
5887
5888 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5889 }
5890
5891 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5892 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5893
5894 static void
5895 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5896 {
5897 char *name, c;
5898 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5899
5900 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5901 {
5902 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5903 /* Process a source argument. */
5904 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5905 {
5906 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5907 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5908 input_line_pointer++;
5909 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5910 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5911 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5912 }
5913 /* Process a return value. */
5914 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5915 {
5916 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5917 input_line_pointer++;
5918 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5919 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5920 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5921 }
5922 else
5923 {
5924 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5925 }
5926
5927 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5928 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5929 input_line_pointer++;
5930 }
5931 }
5932
5933 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5934 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5935 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5936
5937 static void
5938 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5939 {
5940 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5941 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5942 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5943 #endif
5944
5945 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5946 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5947 }
5948
5949 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5950 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5951 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5952 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5953 of the unwind spaces. */
5954
5955 static void
5956 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5957 {
5958 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5959 subsegT save_subseg;
5960 unsigned int unwind;
5961 int reloc;
5962 char *name, *p;
5963 symbolS *symbolP;
5964
5965 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5966 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5967 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5968 return;
5969
5970 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5971 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5972 return;
5973
5974 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5975 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5976 multiple definitions, etc. */
5977 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol),
5978 (char *) NULL);
5979
5980 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5981 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5982 entry. */
5983 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5984 if (symbolP)
5985 {
5986 xfree (name);
5987 return;
5988 }
5989 else
5990 {
5991 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
5992 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol),
5993 symbol_get_frag (call_info->start_symbol));
5994 gas_assert (symbolP);
5995 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
5996 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
5997 }
5998
5999 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6000 save_seg = now_seg;
6001 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6002 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6003 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6004 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6005 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6006 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6007 {
6008 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6009 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6010 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6011 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6012 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6013 }
6014
6015 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6016
6017 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6018 descriptor. */
6019 p = frag_more (16);
6020
6021 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6022 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6023 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6024 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6025 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6026 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6027
6028 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6029
6030 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6031 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6032 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6033 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6034 finished with its work. */
6035 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6036 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6037 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6038 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6039 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6040
6041 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6042 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6043 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6044
6045 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6046 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6047
6048 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6049 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6050 }
6051 #endif
6052
6053 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6054 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6055 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6056
6057 static void
6058 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6059 {
6060 char *name, c;
6061 int temp;
6062
6063 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6064 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6065 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6066 #endif
6067
6068 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6069 if (!within_procedure)
6070 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6071
6072 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6073 current procedure. */
6074 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6075
6076 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6077 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6078 {
6079 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6080 /* Frame size specification. */
6081 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6082 {
6083 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6084 input_line_pointer++;
6085 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6086 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6087 {
6088 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6089 temp = 0;
6090 }
6091
6092 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6093 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6094 }
6095 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6096 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6097 {
6098 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6099 input_line_pointer++;
6100 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6101 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6102 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6103 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6104 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6105 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6106 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6107 }
6108 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6109 {
6110 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6111 input_line_pointer++;
6112 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6113 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6114 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6115 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6116 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6117 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6118 }
6119 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6120 {
6121 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6122 input_line_pointer++;
6123 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6124 if (temp != 3)
6125 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6126 }
6127 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6128 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
6129 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6130 {
6131 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6132 }
6133 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6134 {
6135 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6136 }
6137 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6138 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6139 {
6140 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6141 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6142 }
6143 /* Likewise for SP. */
6144 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6145 {
6146 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6147 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6148 }
6149 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6150 in the unwind descriptor. */
6151 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6152 {
6153 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6154 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6155 }
6156 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6157 unwind descriptor. */
6158 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6159 {
6160 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6161 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6162 }
6163 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6164 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6165 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6166 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6167 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6168 {
6169 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6170 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6171 }
6172 else
6173 {
6174 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6175 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6176 }
6177
6178 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6179 input_line_pointer++;
6180 }
6181
6182 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6183 }
6184
6185 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6186 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6187 label when finished. */
6188
6189 static void
6190 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6191 {
6192 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6193 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6194 current_subspace
6195 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6196 #endif
6197
6198 s_text (0);
6199 pa_undefine_label ();
6200 }
6201
6202 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6203
6204 static void
6205 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6206 {
6207 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6208 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6209 current_subspace
6210 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6211 #endif
6212 s_data (0);
6213 pa_undefine_label ();
6214 }
6215
6216 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6217 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6218
6219 <label> .comm <length>
6220
6221 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6222 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6223 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6224 and subspace.
6225
6226 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6227
6228 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6229 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6230 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6231 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6232 a pain.
6233
6234 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6235
6236 static void
6237 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6238 {
6239 unsigned int size;
6240 symbolS *symbol;
6241 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6242
6243 if (label_symbol)
6244 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6245 else
6246 symbol = NULL;
6247
6248 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6249 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6250
6251 if (symbol)
6252 {
6253 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6254 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6255 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6256 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6257
6258 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6259 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6260 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6261 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6262 }
6263 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6264 }
6265 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6266
6267 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6268
6269 static void
6270 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6271 {
6272 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6273 }
6274
6275 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6276
6277 static void
6278 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6279 {
6280 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6281 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6282 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6283 #endif
6284
6285 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6286 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6287 }
6288
6289 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6290 procedure. */
6291
6292 static void
6293 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6294 {
6295 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6296 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6297 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6298 #endif
6299
6300 if (!within_procedure)
6301 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6302 else
6303 {
6304 if (!callinfo_found)
6305 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6306 }
6307 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6308 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6309
6310 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6311 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6312 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6313 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6314 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6315
6316 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6317 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6318 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6319 denote the entry and exit points. */
6320 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6321 {
6322 char *where;
6323 unsigned int u;
6324
6325 where = frag_more (0);
6326 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6327 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6328 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6329 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6330 }
6331 #endif
6332 }
6333
6334 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6335 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6336 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6337 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6338
6339 int
6340 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6341 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6342 expressionS *rightP)
6343 {
6344 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6345 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6346 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6347 {
6348 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6349 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6350 }
6351 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6355
6356 static void
6357 pa_equ (int reg)
6358 {
6359 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6360 symbolS *symbol;
6361
6362 if (label_symbol)
6363 {
6364 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6365 if (reg)
6366 {
6367 strict = 1;
6368 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6369 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6370 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6371 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6372 }
6373 else
6374 {
6375 expressionS exp;
6376 segT seg;
6377
6378 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6379 seg = expression (&exp);
6380 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6381 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6382 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6383 {
6384 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6385 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6386 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6387 seg = absolute_section;
6388 }
6389 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6390 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6391 }
6392 }
6393 else
6394 {
6395 if (reg)
6396 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6397 else
6398 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6399 }
6400
6401 pa_undefine_label ();
6402 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6403 }
6404
6405 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6406 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6407 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6408
6409 static void
6410 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6411 {
6412 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6413 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6414 char *name;
6415 symbolS *symbolP;
6416
6417 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6418 {
6419 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6420 or other problems. */
6421 return;
6422 }
6423
6424 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol),
6425 (char *) NULL);
6426
6427 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6428 symbol will have already been defined. */
6429 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6430 if (symbolP)
6431 {
6432 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6433 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6434
6435 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6436 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6437 xfree (name);
6438 }
6439 else
6440 {
6441 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6442 last instruction of the function */
6443 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6444 frag_now);
6445
6446 gas_assert (symbolP);
6447 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6448 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6449 }
6450
6451 if (symbolP)
6452 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6453 else
6454 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6455 }
6456 #endif
6457
6458 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6459 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6460 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6461
6462 static void
6463 process_exit (void)
6464 {
6465 char *where;
6466
6467 where = frag_more (0);
6468
6469 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6470 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6471 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6472 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6473 (void) where;
6474 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6475 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6476 #else
6477 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6478 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6479 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6480 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6481
6482 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6483 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6484 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6485 denote the entry and exit points. */
6486 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6487 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6488 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6489 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6490 #endif
6491 }
6492
6493 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6494
6495 static void
6496 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6497 {
6498 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6499 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6500 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6501 #endif
6502
6503 if (!within_procedure)
6504 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6505 else
6506 {
6507 if (!callinfo_found)
6508 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6509 else
6510 {
6511 if (!within_entry_exit)
6512 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6513 else
6514 {
6515 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6516 process_exit ();
6517 }
6518 }
6519 }
6520 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6521 }
6522
6523 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6524
6525 static void
6526 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6527 {
6528 char *name, c;
6529 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6530 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6531 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6532
6533 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6534 {
6535 input_line_pointer += 8;
6536 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6537 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6538 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6539 }
6540 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6541 {
6542 input_line_pointer += 4;
6543 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6544 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6545
6546 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6547 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6548 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6549 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6550 {
6551 if (is_export)
6552 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6553 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6554
6555 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6556 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6557 }
6558 else
6559 {
6560 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6561 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6562 }
6563 }
6564 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6565 {
6566 input_line_pointer += 4;
6567 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6568 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6569 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6570 }
6571 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6572 {
6573 input_line_pointer += 5;
6574 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6575 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6576 }
6577 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6578 {
6579 input_line_pointer += 9;
6580 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6581 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6582 {
6583 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6584 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6585 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6586 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6587 }
6588 #endif
6589 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6590 }
6591 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6592 {
6593 input_line_pointer += 6;
6594 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6595 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6596 }
6597 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6598 {
6599 input_line_pointer += 8;
6600 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6601 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6602 }
6603 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6604 {
6605 input_line_pointer += 8;
6606 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6607 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6608 }
6609
6610 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6611 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6612 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6613 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6614 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6615 #else
6616 (void) type;
6617 #endif
6618
6619 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6620 handle any argument relocation information. */
6621 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6622 {
6623 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6624 input_line_pointer++;
6625 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6626 /* Argument sources. */
6627 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6628 {
6629 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6630 input_line_pointer++;
6631 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6632 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6633 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6634 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6635 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6636 #else
6637 (void) arg_reloc;
6638 #endif
6639 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6640 }
6641 /* The return value. */
6642 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6643 {
6644 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6645 input_line_pointer++;
6646 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6647 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6648 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6649 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6650 #else
6651 (void) arg_reloc;
6652 #endif
6653 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6654 }
6655 /* Privilege level. */
6656 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6657 {
6658 char *priv;
6659
6660 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6661 input_line_pointer++;
6662 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6663 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6664 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6665 #endif
6666 c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
6667 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6668 }
6669 else
6670 {
6671 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6672 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6673 }
6674
6675 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6676 input_line_pointer++;
6677 }
6678 }
6679
6680 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6681 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6682 to callers. */
6683
6684 static void
6685 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6686 {
6687 char *name, c;
6688 symbolS *symbol;
6689
6690 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6691 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6692 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6693 {
6694 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6695 restore_line_pointer (c);
6696 input_line_pointer++;
6697 }
6698 else
6699 {
6700 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6701 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6702 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6703 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6704 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6705 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6706 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6707 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6708 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6709 {
6710 input_line_pointer++;
6711 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6712 }
6713 }
6714
6715 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6716 }
6717
6718 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6719 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6720 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6721
6722 static void
6723 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6724 {
6725 char *name, c;
6726 symbolS *symbol;
6727
6728 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6729
6730 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6731 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6732 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6733 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6734 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6735 {
6736 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6737 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6738
6739 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6740 {
6741 input_line_pointer++;
6742 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6743 }
6744 else
6745 {
6746 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6747 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6748 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6749 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6750 if (now_seg == text_section)
6751 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6752
6753 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6754 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6755 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6756 }
6757 }
6758 else
6759 {
6760 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6761 the end of the current statement. */
6762 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6763 input_line_pointer++;
6764 }
6765
6766 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6767 }
6768
6769 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6770
6771 static void
6772 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6773 {
6774 char *name, c;
6775
6776 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6777
6778 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6779 {
6780 colon (name);
6781 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6782 }
6783 else
6784 {
6785 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6786 }
6787
6788 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6789 {
6790 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6791 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6792 }
6793 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6794 }
6795
6796 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6797
6798 static void
6799 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6800 {
6801 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6802 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6803 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6804 #endif
6805
6806 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6807 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6811
6812 static void
6813 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6814 {
6815 char *level;
6816
6817 level = input_line_pointer;
6818 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6819 {
6820 input_line_pointer += 3;
6821 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6822 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6823 }
6824 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6825 {
6826 input_line_pointer += 3;
6827 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6828 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6829 }
6830 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6831 {
6832 input_line_pointer += 4;
6833 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6834 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6835 }
6836 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6837 {
6838 input_line_pointer += 3;
6839 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6840 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6841 }
6842 else
6843 {
6844 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6845 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6846 }
6847 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6848 }
6849
6850 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6851
6852 static void
6853 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6854 {
6855 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6856 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6857 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6858 #endif
6859
6860 s_org (0);
6861 pa_undefine_label ();
6862 }
6863
6864 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6865 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6866
6867 static void
6868 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6869 {
6870 char *name, c;
6871 symbolS *symbol;
6872
6873 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6874
6875 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6876 {
6877 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6878 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6879 input_line_pointer++;
6880 }
6881 else
6882 {
6883 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6884 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6885 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6886 {
6887 input_line_pointer++;
6888 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6889 }
6890 }
6891
6892 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6893 }
6894
6895 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6896 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6897
6898 static void
6899 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6900 {
6901 struct call_info *call_info;
6902
6903 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6904 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6905 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6906 #endif
6907
6908 if (within_procedure)
6909 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6910
6911 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6912 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6913 within_procedure = TRUE;
6914
6915 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6916 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info);
6917
6918 if (!call_info)
6919 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6920
6921 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6922
6923 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6924
6925 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6926 {
6927 call_info_root = call_info;
6928 last_call_info = call_info;
6929 }
6930 else
6931 {
6932 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6933 last_call_info = call_info;
6934 }
6935
6936 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6937
6938 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6939 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6940 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6941
6942 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6943 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6944 {
6945 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6946
6947 if (label_symbol)
6948 {
6949 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6950 {
6951 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6952 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6953 }
6954 else
6955 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6956 }
6957 else
6958 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6959 }
6960
6961 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6962 }
6963
6964 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6965 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6966
6967 static void
6968 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6969 {
6970 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6971 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6972 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6973 #endif
6974
6975 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6976 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6977 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6978
6979 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
6980 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
6981 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
6982 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6983 {
6984 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6985
6986 if (label_symbol)
6987 {
6988 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6989 {
6990 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6991 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
6992 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6993 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6994 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
6995 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
6996 if (within_entry_exit)
6997 {
6998 char *where;
6999 unsigned int u;
7000
7001 where = frag_more (0);
7002 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7003 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7004 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7005 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7006 }
7007 #endif
7008 }
7009 else
7010 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7011 }
7012 else
7013 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7014 }
7015
7016 if (!within_procedure)
7017 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7018
7019 if (!callinfo_found)
7020 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7021
7022 if (within_entry_exit)
7023 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7024
7025 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7026 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7027 the size of the function (apparently it's needed in the symbol table). */
7028 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7029 #endif
7030
7031 within_procedure = FALSE;
7032 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7033 pa_undefine_label ();
7034 }
7035
7036 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7037 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7038 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7039
7040 static int
7041 exact_log2 (int value)
7042 {
7043 int shift = 0;
7044
7045 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7046 shift++;
7047
7048 if (shift >= 32)
7049 return -1;
7050 else
7051 return shift;
7052 }
7053
7054 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7055
7056 static void
7057 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7058 {
7059 if (current_space == NULL)
7060 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7061
7062 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7063 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7064 }
7065
7066 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7067 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7068 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7069
7070 static sd_chain_struct *
7071 pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
7072 {
7073 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7074 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7075 int spnum;
7076 asection *seg = NULL;
7077 sd_chain_struct *space;
7078
7079 /* Load default values. */
7080 spnum = 0;
7081 sort = 0;
7082 loadable = TRUE;
7083 defined = TRUE;
7084 private = FALSE;
7085 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7086 {
7087 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7088 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7089 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7090 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7091 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7092 }
7093 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7094 {
7095 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7096 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7097 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7098 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7099 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7100 }
7101
7102 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7103 {
7104 print_errors = FALSE;
7105 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7106 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7107 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7108 the line should be ignored. */
7109 strict = 0;
7110 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7111 if (pa_number >= 0)
7112 {
7113 spnum = pa_number;
7114 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7115 }
7116 else
7117 {
7118 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7119 {
7120 input_line_pointer++;
7121 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7122 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7123 {
7124 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7125 input_line_pointer++;
7126 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7127 }
7128 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7129 {
7130 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7131 input_line_pointer++;
7132 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7133 }
7134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7135 {
7136 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7137 loadable = FALSE;
7138 }
7139 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7140 {
7141 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7142 defined = FALSE;
7143 }
7144 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7145 {
7146 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7147 private = TRUE;
7148 }
7149 else
7150 {
7151 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7152 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7153 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7154 input_line_pointer++;
7155 }
7156 }
7157 }
7158 print_errors = TRUE;
7159 }
7160
7161 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7162 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7163
7164 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7165 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7166 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7167 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7168 if (create_flag)
7169 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7170 private, sort, seg, 1);
7171 else
7172 {
7173 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7174 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7175 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7176 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7177 }
7178
7179 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7180 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7181 #endif
7182
7183 return space;
7184 }
7185
7186 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7187 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7188
7189 static void
7190 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7191 {
7192 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7193 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7194
7195 if (within_procedure)
7196 {
7197 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7198 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7199 }
7200 else
7201 {
7202 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7203 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7204 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7205 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7206 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7207 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7208 {
7209 input_line_pointer += 6;
7210 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7211 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7212 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7213 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7214 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7215
7216 current_space = sd_chain;
7217 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7218 current_subspace
7219 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7220 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7221 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7222 return;
7223 }
7224 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7225 {
7226 input_line_pointer += 9;
7227 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7228 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7229 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7230 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7231 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7232
7233 current_space = sd_chain;
7234 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7235 current_subspace
7236 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7237 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7238 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7239 return;
7240 }
7241 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7242 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7243 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7244 {
7245 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7246 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7247 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7248 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7249 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7250 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7251
7252 current_space = sd_chain;
7253
7254 {
7255 asection *gdb_section
7256 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7257
7258 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7259 current_subspace
7260 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7261 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7262 }
7263 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7264 return;
7265 }
7266
7267 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7268 print_errors = 0;
7269 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7270 strict = 0;
7271 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7272 if (pa_number >= 0)
7273 {
7274 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7275 {
7276 current_space = sd_chain;
7277
7278 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7279 current_subspace
7280 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7281 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7282 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7283 return;
7284 }
7285 }
7286
7287 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7288 print_errors = 1;
7289 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7290 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7291 space_name = xstrdup (name);
7292 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7293
7294 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7295 current_space = sd_chain;
7296
7297 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7298 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7299 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7300 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7301 }
7302 }
7303
7304 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7305
7306 static void
7307 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7308 {
7309 char *name;
7310 char c;
7311 char *p;
7312 sd_chain_struct *space;
7313
7314 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7315 space = is_defined_space (name);
7316 if (space)
7317 {
7318 p = frag_more (4);
7319 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7320 }
7321 else
7322 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7323
7324 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7325 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7326 }
7327
7328 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7329 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7330
7331 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7332 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7333
7334 static void
7335 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7336 {
7337 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7338 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7339 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7340 sd_chain_struct *space;
7341 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7342 asection *section;
7343
7344 if (current_space == NULL)
7345 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7346
7347 if (within_procedure)
7348 {
7349 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7350 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7351 }
7352 else
7353 {
7354 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7355 ss_name = xstrdup (name);
7356 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7357
7358 /* Load default values. */
7359 sort = 0;
7360 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7361 loadable = 1;
7362 comdat = 0;
7363 common = 0;
7364 dup_common = 0;
7365 code_only = 0;
7366 zero = 0;
7367 space_index = ~0;
7368 alignment = 1;
7369 quadrant = 0;
7370
7371 space = current_space;
7372 if (create_new)
7373 ssd = NULL;
7374 else
7375 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7376 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7377 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7378 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7379 {
7380 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7381 current_subspace = ssd;
7382 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7383 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7384 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7385 return;
7386 }
7387 else
7388 {
7389 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7390 the builtin subspaces. */
7391 i = 0;
7392 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7393 {
7394 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7395 {
7396 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7397 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7398 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7399 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7400 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7401 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7402 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7403 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7404 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7405 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7406 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7407 break;
7408 }
7409 i++;
7410 }
7411 }
7412
7413 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7414 any information as specified by the user. */
7415 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7416 {
7417 input_line_pointer++;
7418 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7419 {
7420 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7421 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7422 {
7423 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7424 input_line_pointer++;
7425 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7426 }
7427 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7428 {
7429 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7430 input_line_pointer++;
7431 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7432 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7433 {
7434 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7435 alignment = 1;
7436 }
7437 }
7438 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7439 {
7440 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7441 input_line_pointer++;
7442 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7443 }
7444 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7445 {
7446 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7447 input_line_pointer++;
7448 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7449 }
7450 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7451 {
7452 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7453 code_only = 1;
7454 }
7455 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7456 {
7457 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7458 loadable = 0;
7459 }
7460 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7461 {
7462 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7463 comdat = 1;
7464 }
7465 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7466 {
7467 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7468 common = 1;
7469 }
7470 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7471 {
7472 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7473 dup_common = 1;
7474 }
7475 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7476 {
7477 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7478 zero = 1;
7479 }
7480 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7481 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7482 else
7483 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7484
7485 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7486 input_line_pointer++;
7487 }
7488 }
7489
7490 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7491 in the .subspace directive. */
7492 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7493 flags = 0;
7494 if (loadable)
7495 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7496 if (code_only)
7497 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7498
7499 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7500 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7501 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7502 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7503 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7504 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7505 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7506 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7507 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7508 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7509
7510 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7511
7512 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7513 if (zero)
7514 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7515
7516 applicable &= flags;
7517
7518 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7519 segment already associated with the subspace.
7520
7521 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7522 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7523 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7524 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7525 if (create_new)
7526 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7527 else if (ssd)
7528 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7529 else
7530 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7531
7532 if (zero)
7533 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7534
7535 /* Now set the flags. */
7536 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7537
7538 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7539 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7540
7541 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7542 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7543 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7544
7545 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7546 or create a new one. */
7547 if (ssd)
7548
7549 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7550 code_only, comdat, common,
7551 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7552 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7553 section);
7554 else
7555 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7556 code_only, comdat, common,
7557 dup_common, zero, sort,
7558 access_ctr, space_index,
7559 alignment, quadrant, section);
7560
7561 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7562 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7563 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7564 }
7565 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7566 }
7567
7568 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7569
7570 static void
7571 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7572 {
7573 int i;
7574
7575 space_dict_root = NULL;
7576 space_dict_last = NULL;
7577
7578 i = 0;
7579 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7580 {
7581 const char *name;
7582
7583 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7584 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7585
7586 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7587 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7588 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7589 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7590 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7591 i++;
7592 }
7593
7594 i = 0;
7595 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7596 {
7597 const char *name;
7598 int applicable, subsegment;
7599 asection *segment = NULL;
7600 sd_chain_struct *space;
7601
7602 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7603 subsegment number. */
7604 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7605 subsegment = 0;
7606
7607 /* Create the new section. */
7608 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7609
7610 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7611 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7612 all the built-in subspaces. */
7613 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7614 {
7615 text_section = segment;
7616 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7617 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7618 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7619 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7620 | SEC_READONLY
7621 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7622 }
7623 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7624 {
7625 data_section = segment;
7626 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7627 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7628 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7629 | SEC_RELOC
7630 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7631
7632 }
7633 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7634 {
7635 bss_section = segment;
7636 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7637 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7638 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7639 }
7640 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7641 {
7642 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7643 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7644 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7645 | SEC_RELOC
7646 | SEC_READONLY
7647 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7648 }
7649 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7650 {
7651 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7652 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7653 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7654 | SEC_RELOC
7655 | SEC_READONLY
7656 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7657 }
7658 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7659 {
7660 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7661 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7662 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7663 | SEC_RELOC
7664 | SEC_READONLY
7665 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7666 }
7667
7668 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7669 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7670 def_space_index].segment);
7671 if (space == NULL)
7672 {
7673 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7674 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7675 }
7676
7677 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7678 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7687 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7688 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7689 segment);
7690 i++;
7691 }
7692 }
7693
7694 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7695 by the given parameters. */
7696
7697 static sd_chain_struct *
7698 create_new_space (const char *name,
7699 int spnum,
7700 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7701 int defined,
7702 int private,
7703 int sort,
7704 asection *seg,
7705 int user_defined)
7706 {
7707 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7708
7709 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct);
7710 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7711 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7712 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7713 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7714
7715 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7716 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7717 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7718 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7719
7720 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7721 if (!space_dict_last)
7722 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7723
7724 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7725 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7726 else
7727 {
7728 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7729 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7730
7731 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7732 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7733
7734 while (chain_pointer)
7735 {
7736 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7737 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7738 }
7739
7740 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7741 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7742 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7743 {
7744 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7745 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7746 }
7747 else
7748 {
7749 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7750 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7751 }
7752
7753 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7754 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7755 }
7756
7757 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7758 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7759 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7760 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7761 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7762 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7763 #endif
7764
7765 return chain_entry;
7766 }
7767
7768 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7769 by the given parameters.
7770
7771 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7772 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7773
7774 static ssd_chain_struct *
7775 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7776 const char *name,
7777 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7778 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7779 int comdat,
7780 int common,
7781 int dup_common,
7782 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7783 int sort,
7784 int access_ctr,
7785 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7786 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7787 int quadrant,
7788 asection *seg)
7789 {
7790 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7791
7792 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct);
7793 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7794
7795 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7796 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7797 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7798
7799 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7800 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7801 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7802
7803 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7804 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7805 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7806 else
7807 {
7808 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7809 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7810
7811 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7812 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7813
7814 while (chain_pointer)
7815 {
7816 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7817 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7818 }
7819
7820 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7821 the links. */
7822 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7823 {
7824 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7825 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7826 }
7827 else
7828 {
7829 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7830 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7831 }
7832 }
7833
7834 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7835 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7836 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7837 #endif
7838
7839 return chain_entry;
7840 }
7841
7842 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7843 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7844
7845 static ssd_chain_struct *
7846 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7847 char *name,
7848 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7849 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7850 int comdat,
7851 int common,
7852 int dup_common,
7853 int sort,
7854 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7855 int access_ctr,
7856 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7857 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7858 int quadrant,
7859 asection *section)
7860 {
7861 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7862
7863 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7864
7865 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7866 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7867 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7868 #endif
7869
7870 return chain_entry;
7871 }
7872
7873 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7874 NULL if no such space exists. */
7875
7876 static sd_chain_struct *
7877 is_defined_space (const char *name)
7878 {
7879 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7880
7881 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7882 chain_pointer;
7883 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7884 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7885 return chain_pointer;
7886
7887 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7888 return NULL;
7889 }
7890
7891 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7892 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7893
7894 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7895 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7896
7897 static sd_chain_struct *
7898 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7899 {
7900 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7901
7902 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7903 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7904 space_chain;
7905 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7906 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7907 return space_chain;
7908
7909 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7910 return NULL;
7911 }
7912
7913 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7914 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7915
7916 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7917 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7918 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7919 COMDAT data.
7920
7921 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7922 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7923 own subspace. */
7924
7925 static ssd_chain_struct *
7926 is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
7927 {
7928 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7929 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7930
7931 /* Walk through each space. */
7932 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7933 space_chain;
7934 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7935 {
7936 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7937 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7938 subspace_chain;
7939 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7940 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7941 return subspace_chain;
7942 }
7943
7944 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7945 return NULL;
7946 }
7947
7948 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7949 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7950
7951 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7952 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7953 to become more efficient. */
7954
7955 static ssd_chain_struct *
7956 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7957 {
7958 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7959 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7960
7961 /* Walk through each space. */
7962 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7963 space_chain;
7964 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7965 {
7966 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7967 {
7968 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
7969 the correct mapping. */
7970 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7971 subspace_chain;
7972 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7973 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
7974 return subspace_chain;
7975 }
7976 }
7977
7978 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
7979 return NULL;
7980 }
7981
7982 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
7983
7984 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
7985 that was found or NULL on failure. */
7986
7987 static sd_chain_struct *
7988 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
7989 {
7990 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7991
7992 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7993 space_chain;
7994 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7995 {
7996 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
7997 return space_chain;
7998 }
7999
8000 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8001 return NULL;
8002 }
8003
8004 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8005 address is unknown then return zero. */
8006
8007 static unsigned int
8008 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8009 {
8010 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8011 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8012 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8013 return 0x40000000;
8014 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8015 return 0x40000000;
8016 else
8017 return 0;
8018 return 0;
8019 }
8020 #endif
8021
8022 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8023 a string. */
8024
8025 static unsigned int
8026 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8027 {
8028 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8029
8030 switch (c)
8031 {
8032 case '\"':
8033 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8034 break;
8035 default:
8036 break;
8037 }
8038 return c;
8039 }
8040
8041 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8042
8043 static void
8044 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8045 {
8046 char *s, num_buf[4];
8047 unsigned int c;
8048 int i;
8049
8050 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8051 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8052 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8053
8054 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8055 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8056 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8057 #endif
8058
8059 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8060 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8061
8062 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8063 {
8064 if (c == '\\')
8065 {
8066 c = *s;
8067 switch (c)
8068 {
8069 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8070 case 'x':
8071 {
8072 unsigned int number;
8073 int num_digit;
8074 char dg;
8075 char *s_start = s;
8076
8077 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8078 s++;
8079 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8080 num_digit < 2
8081 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8082 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8083 num_digit++)
8084 {
8085 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8086 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8087 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8088 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8089 else
8090 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8091
8092 s++;
8093 dg = *s;
8094 }
8095 if (num_digit > 0)
8096 {
8097 switch (num_digit)
8098 {
8099 case 1:
8100 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8101 break;
8102 case 2:
8103 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8104 break;
8105 }
8106 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8107 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8108 }
8109 break;
8110 }
8111 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8112 default:
8113 s++;
8114 break;
8115 }
8116 }
8117 }
8118 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8119 pa_undefine_label ();
8120 }
8121
8122 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8123
8124 static void
8125 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8126 {
8127 obj_version (0);
8128 pa_undefine_label ();
8129 }
8130
8131 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8132
8133 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8134
8135 static void
8136 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8137 {
8138 obj_som_compiler (0);
8139 pa_undefine_label ();
8140 }
8141
8142 #endif
8143
8144 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8145
8146 static void
8147 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8148 {
8149 obj_copyright (0);
8150 pa_undefine_label ();
8151 }
8152
8153 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8154 the latest space label. */
8155
8156 static void
8157 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8158 {
8159 cons (nbytes);
8160 pa_undefine_label ();
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8164
8165 static void
8166 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8167 {
8168 float_cons (float_type);
8169 pa_undefine_label ();
8170 }
8171
8172 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8173
8174 static void
8175 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8176 {
8177 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8178 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8179 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8180 #endif
8181
8182 s_fill (0);
8183 pa_undefine_label ();
8184 }
8185
8186 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8187
8188 static void
8189 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8190 {
8191 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8192 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8193 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8194 #endif
8195
8196 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8197 pa_undefine_label ();
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8201
8202 static void
8203 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8204 {
8205 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8206 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8207 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8208 #endif
8209
8210 s_lsym (0);
8211 pa_undefine_label ();
8212 }
8213
8214 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8215 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8216
8217 void
8218 md_begin (void)
8219 {
8220 const char *retval = NULL;
8221 int lose = 0;
8222 unsigned int i = 0;
8223
8224 last_call_info = NULL;
8225 call_info_root = NULL;
8226
8227 /* Set the default machine type. */
8228 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8229 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8230
8231 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8232 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8233 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8234 {
8235 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8236 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8237 }
8238
8239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8240 pa_spaces_begin ();
8241 #endif
8242
8243 op_hash = hash_new ();
8244
8245 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8246 {
8247 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8248
8249 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8250 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8251 {
8252 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8253 lose = 1;
8254 }
8255
8256 do
8257 {
8258 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8259 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8260 {
8261 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8262 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8263 lose = 1;
8264 }
8265 ++i;
8266 }
8267 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8268 }
8269
8270 if (lose)
8271 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8272
8273 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8274 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8275 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8276 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8277 #endif
8278
8279 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8280 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8281 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8282 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8283 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8284 #endif
8285 }
8286
8287 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8288 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8289 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8290
8291 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8292 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8293 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8294 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8295 with the address of "foo").
8296
8297 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8298 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8299 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8300
8301 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8302 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8303 selectors).
8304
8305 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8306 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8307
8308 int
8309 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8310 {
8311 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8312 reloc_type code;
8313 #endif
8314 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8315
8316 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8317
8318 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8319 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8320 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8321 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8322 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8323 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8324 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8325
8326 switch (code)
8327 {
8328 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8329 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8330 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8331 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8332 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8333
8334 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8335 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8336 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8337 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8338 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8339 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8340 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8341 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8342 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8343 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8344 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8345 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8346 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8347 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8348
8349 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8350 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8351 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8352 return 0;
8353 default:
8354 break;
8355 }
8356 #endif
8357
8358 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8359 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8360
8361 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8362 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8363 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8364 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8365 && fixp->fx_subsy
8366 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8367 return 0;
8368
8369 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8370
8371 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8372 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8373 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8374 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8375 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8376 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8377 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8378 sum to the right value.
8379
8380 eg. Suppose we have
8381 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8382 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8383 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8384
8385 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8386 reducing to the section symbol we get
8387 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8388 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8389 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8390 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8391 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8392
8393 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8394 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8395 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8396 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8397 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8398
8399 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8400 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8402 return 0;
8403
8404 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8405 relocations with plabels. */
8406 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8407 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8408 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8409 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8410 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8411 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8412 return 0;
8413
8414 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8415 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8416 return 0;
8417
8418 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8419 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8420 return 0;
8421
8422 return 1;
8423 }
8424
8425 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8426 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8427 within GAS. */
8428
8429 int
8430 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8431 {
8432 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8433
8434 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8436 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8437 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8438 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8439 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8442 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8443 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8444 return 1;
8445 #endif
8446 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8447 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8448 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8449 return 1;
8450 #endif
8451
8452 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8453
8454 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8455 linking works. */
8456 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8457 return 1;
8458
8459 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8460 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8461 call stub. */
8462 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8463 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8464 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8465 return 1;
8466
8467 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8468 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8469 {
8470 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8471 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8472
8473 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8474
8475 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8476 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8477 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8478 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8479 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8480 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8481 #endif
8482
8483 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8484 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8485 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8486 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8487 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8488 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8489 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8490 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8491 )
8492 return 1;
8493 }
8494
8495 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8496 return 1;
8497
8498 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8499 return 0;
8500 }
8501
8502 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8503 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8504 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8505 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8506 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8507 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8508
8509 void
8510 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8511 {
8512 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8513
8514 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8515 call_info_pointer;
8516 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8517 {
8518 elf_symbol_type *esym
8519 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8520 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8521 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8522 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8523 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8524 }
8525 }
8526
8527 static void
8528 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8529 {
8530 struct fix *new_fix;
8531
8532 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_entry ();
8533
8534 if (new_fix)
8535 {
8536 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8537
8538 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8539 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8540 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8541 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8542 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8543 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8544 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8545 }
8546 }
8547
8548 static void
8549 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8550 {
8551 struct fix *new_fix;
8552
8553 new_fix = obj_elf_get_vtable_inherit ();
8554
8555 if (new_fix)
8556 {
8557 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8558
8559 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8560 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8561 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8562 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8563 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8564 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8565 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8566 }
8567 }
8568 #endif
8569
8570 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8571 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8572 dependent tables? */
8573 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8574 {
8575 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8576 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8577 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8578 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8579 #endif
8580 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8581 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8582 #endif
8583 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8584 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8585 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8586 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8587 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8588 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8589 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8590 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8591 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8592 #else
8593 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8594 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8595 #endif
8596 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8597 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8598 #endif
8599 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8600 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8601 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8602 #endif
8603 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8604 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8605 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8606 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8607 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8608 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8609 #endif
8610 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8611 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8612 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8613 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8614 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8615 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8616 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8617 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8618 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8619 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8620 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8621 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8622 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8623 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8624 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8625 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8626 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8627 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8628 #endif
8629 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8630 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8631 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8632 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8633 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8634 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8635 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8636 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8637 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8638 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8640 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8641 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8642 #endif
8643 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8644 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8645 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8646 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8647 #endif
8648 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8649 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8650 #endif
8651 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8652 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8653 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8654 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8655 #endif
8656 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8657 {NULL, 0, 0}
8658 };
8659
8660 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8661 void
8662 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8663 {
8664 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8665 }
8666
8667 int
8668 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8669 {
8670 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8671 unsigned int i;
8672 const char *p;
8673 char *q;
8674 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8675 {
8676 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8677 };
8678
8679 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8680 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8681 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8682
8683 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8684 {
8685 p = regname + 1;
8686 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8687 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8688 return -1;
8689 }
8690 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8691 {
8692 p = regname + 2;
8693 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8694 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8695 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8696 return -1;
8697 regnum += 32 - 4;
8698 #else
8699 if (p == q
8700 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8701 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8702 return -1;
8703 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8704 if (*q == 'R')
8705 regnum++;
8706 #endif
8707 }
8708 return regnum;
8709 }
8710 #endif
This page took 0.324658 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.